ZA200208365B - Compositions and methods for the therapy and diagnosis of breast cancer. - Google Patents
Compositions and methods for the therapy and diagnosis of breast cancer. Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- ZA200208365B ZA200208365B ZA200208365A ZA200208365A ZA200208365B ZA 200208365 B ZA200208365 B ZA 200208365B ZA 200208365 A ZA200208365 A ZA 200208365A ZA 200208365 A ZA200208365 A ZA 200208365A ZA 200208365 B ZA200208365 B ZA 200208365B
- Authority
- ZA
- South Africa
- Prior art keywords
- seq
- polynucleotide
- sequence
- amino acid
- cdna sequence
- Prior art date
Links
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims description 194
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 title claims description 152
- 206010006187 Breast cancer Diseases 0.000 title claims description 86
- 208000026310 Breast neoplasm Diseases 0.000 title claims description 86
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 title description 11
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 title description 10
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 claims description 273
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 claims description 271
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 claims description 253
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 claims description 244
- 102000040430 polynucleotide Human genes 0.000 claims description 168
- 108091033319 polynucleotide Proteins 0.000 claims description 168
- 239000002157 polynucleotide Substances 0.000 claims description 168
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 claims description 167
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 claims description 148
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 142
- 102000037865 fusion proteins Human genes 0.000 claims description 89
- 108020001507 fusion proteins Proteins 0.000 claims description 89
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims description 87
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 claims description 74
- 230000002163 immunogen Effects 0.000 claims description 66
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 claims description 63
- 125000003275 alpha amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 57
- 210000001744 T-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 claims description 56
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 54
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 claims description 50
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 claims description 46
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 claims description 41
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 claims description 41
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 claims description 41
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 claims description 35
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 claims description 35
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 claims description 35
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 claims description 35
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 claims description 35
- 210000000612 antigen-presenting cell Anatomy 0.000 claims description 33
- 108700026244 Open Reading Frames Proteins 0.000 claims description 30
- 239000013604 expression vector Substances 0.000 claims description 29
- 238000009396 hybridization Methods 0.000 claims description 29
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 claims description 29
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 29
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 claims description 25
- 210000004443 dendritic cell Anatomy 0.000 claims description 24
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 claims description 24
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 claims description 21
- 239000012472 biological sample Substances 0.000 claims description 20
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 claims description 20
- 238000007792 addition Methods 0.000 claims description 19
- 238000003752 polymerase chain reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 19
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 claims description 17
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 17
- 238000011144 upstream manufacturing Methods 0.000 claims description 17
- 238000012217 deletion Methods 0.000 claims description 15
- 230000037430 deletion Effects 0.000 claims description 15
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 claims description 14
- 230000003308 immunostimulating effect Effects 0.000 claims description 14
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 claims description 14
- 229960001438 immunostimulant agent Drugs 0.000 claims description 13
- 239000003022 immunostimulating agent Substances 0.000 claims description 13
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 claims description 13
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 claims description 10
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 claims description 10
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 claims description 10
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 claims description 10
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 claims description 10
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 claims description 9
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 claims description 9
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 claims description 9
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- 238000010367 cloning Methods 0.000 claims description 7
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N (+)-Biotin Chemical compound N1C(=O)N[C@@H]2[C@H](CCCCC(=O)O)SC[C@@H]21 YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000000539 amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 6
- 210000002540 macrophage Anatomy 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000003292 diminished effect Effects 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 claims description 5
- 238000009007 Diagnostic Kit Methods 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000006853 reporter group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 229960002685 biotin Drugs 0.000 claims description 3
- 235000020958 biotin Nutrition 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000011616 biotin Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 108090001090 Lectins Proteins 0.000 claims description 2
- 102000004856 Lectins Human genes 0.000 claims description 2
- 101710120037 Toxin CcdB Proteins 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000002523 lectin Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000004936 stimulating effect Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 210000001266 CD8-positive T-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 claims 2
- 102100028701 General vesicular transport factor p115 Human genes 0.000 claims 1
- 101000767151 Homo sapiens General vesicular transport factor p115 Proteins 0.000 claims 1
- 239000002299 complementary DNA Substances 0.000 description 467
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 133
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 106
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 87
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 description 85
- 108091032973 (ribonucleotides)n+m Proteins 0.000 description 70
- 241000282414 Homo sapiens Species 0.000 description 59
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 53
- 108091092562 ribozyme Proteins 0.000 description 53
- 102000053642 Catalytic RNA Human genes 0.000 description 52
- 108090000994 Catalytic RNA Proteins 0.000 description 52
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 description 46
- 239000013615 primer Substances 0.000 description 46
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 43
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 43
- 241000701161 unidentified adenovirus Species 0.000 description 41
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 37
- 108091093037 Peptide nucleic acid Proteins 0.000 description 36
- 230000003321 amplification Effects 0.000 description 36
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 36
- 238000003199 nucleic acid amplification method Methods 0.000 description 36
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 32
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 30
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 30
- 238000012384 transportation and delivery Methods 0.000 description 29
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 28
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 27
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-phenylalanine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 23
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 description 23
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 23
- 102000053602 DNA Human genes 0.000 description 21
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 20
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 20
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 description 20
- 230000000692 anti-sense effect Effects 0.000 description 17
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 17
- 101001007348 Arachis hypogaea Galactose-binding lectin Proteins 0.000 description 16
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 16
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 16
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 16
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 16
- -1 for example Substances 0.000 description 16
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 description 16
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 16
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 16
- 230000014616 translation Effects 0.000 description 16
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 15
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 15
- 238000013518 transcription Methods 0.000 description 15
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 15
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 14
- 238000013519 translation Methods 0.000 description 14
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 description 13
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 description 13
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 13
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 13
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 13
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 13
- 238000002741 site-directed mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 13
- 241000702421 Dependoparvovirus Species 0.000 description 12
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 12
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 12
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 12
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 12
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 12
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 11
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 11
- 230000028993 immune response Effects 0.000 description 11
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 11
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 11
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N (2S)-2-Amino-3-hydroxypropansäure Chemical compound OC[C@H](N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 10
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-tyrosine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 10
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 description 10
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 10
- 229960005486 vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 10
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-REOHCLBHSA-N L-asparagine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 9
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N L-threonine Chemical compound C[C@@H](O)[C@H](N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 9
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 9
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 9
- 238000009169 immunotherapy Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000001976 improved effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 9
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 9
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 9
- 108091026890 Coding region Proteins 0.000 description 8
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000002950 deficient Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000012636 effector Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 description 8
- 210000004962 mammalian cell Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000004806 packaging method and process Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 8
- 108020004705 Codon Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 108090000626 DNA-directed RNA polymerases Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 102000004163 DNA-directed RNA polymerases Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 238000002965 ELISA Methods 0.000 description 7
- 241000588724 Escherichia coli Species 0.000 description 7
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N L-aspartic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(O)=O CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 7
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 7
- 230000000890 antigenic effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000001900 immune effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 7
- 210000004379 membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 239000004005 microsphere Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000002987 primer (paints) Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000010076 replication Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000000638 stimulation Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000001890 transfection Methods 0.000 description 7
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N tyrosine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 241001430294 unidentified retrovirus Species 0.000 description 7
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Asparagine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 6
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-REOHCLBHSA-N L-Cysteine Chemical compound SC[C@H](N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 6
- AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-WHFBIAKZSA-N L-isoleucine Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-WHFBIAKZSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 description 6
- 108020004511 Recombinant DNA Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 240000004808 Saccharomyces cerevisiae Species 0.000 description 6
- 235000014680 Saccharomyces cerevisiae Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- 239000000074 antisense oligonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000012230 antisense oligonucleotides Methods 0.000 description 6
- 229960001230 asparagine Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 235000009582 asparagine Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 6
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 6
- 210000004899 c-terminal region Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N cholesterol Chemical compound C1C=C2C[C@@H](O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@H]([C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000005755 formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000005847 immunogenicity Effects 0.000 description 6
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000035755 proliferation Effects 0.000 description 6
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000001177 retroviral effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 description 6
- 210000004881 tumor cell Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 102000040650 (ribonucleotides)n+m Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 description 5
- 108090000565 Capsid Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 102100023321 Ceruloplasmin Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 5
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 5
- 108010002350 Interleukin-2 Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 102000000588 Interleukin-2 Human genes 0.000 description 5
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-histidine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 5
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Serine Natural products OCC(N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 241000251131 Sphyrna Species 0.000 description 5
- 108091081024 Start codon Proteins 0.000 description 5
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Threonine Natural products CC(O)C(N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000004473 Threonine Substances 0.000 description 5
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000001042 affinity chromatography Methods 0.000 description 5
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N arginine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 210000003719 b-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 5
- 210000001185 bone marrow Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 5
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N glutamine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 210000002443 helper t lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N histidine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 238000003018 immunoassay Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229940127121 immunoconjugate Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000007912 intraperitoneal administration Methods 0.000 description 5
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 239000002088 nanocapsule Substances 0.000 description 5
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 210000005259 peripheral blood Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 239000011886 peripheral blood Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000035699 permeability Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 5
- 210000000952 spleen Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 5
- 108020000948 Antisense Oligonucleotides Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 230000004543 DNA replication Effects 0.000 description 4
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108091060211 Expressed sequence tag Proteins 0.000 description 4
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutamic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 102100034343 Integrase Human genes 0.000 description 4
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-leucine Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Leucine Natural products CC(C)CC(N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108010008281 Recombinant Fusion Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000007056 Recombinant Fusion Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 4
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 4
- IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-XLPZGREQSA-N Thymidine Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)C1 IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-XLPZGREQSA-N 0.000 description 4
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tryptophan Natural products C1=CC=C2C(CC(N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-XVFCMESISA-N Uridine Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C=C1 DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-XVFCMESISA-N 0.000 description 4
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Valine Natural products CC(C)C(N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108020005202 Viral DNA Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 229960003767 alanine Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 235000004279 alanine Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 4
- 210000000349 chromosome Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000001186 cumulative effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 235000018417 cysteine Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N cysteine Natural products SCC(N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 210000001151 cytotoxic T lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 230000004069 differentiation Effects 0.000 description 4
- RWSXRVCMGQZWBV-WDSKDSINSA-N glutathione Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)NCC(O)=O RWSXRVCMGQZWBV-WDSKDSINSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 description 4
- UYTPUPDQBNUYGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N guanine Chemical compound O=C1NC(N)=NC2=C1N=CN2 UYTPUPDQBNUYGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000006698 induction Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000002452 interceptive effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229960000310 isoleucine Drugs 0.000 description 4
- AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoleucine Natural products CCC(C)C(N)C(O)=O AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000002372 labelling Methods 0.000 description 4
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 description 4
- 210000001616 monocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 229940035032 monophosphoryl lipid a Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 238000010647 peptide synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylalanine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 150000003904 phospholipids Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 229920001282 polysaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000005017 polysaccharide Substances 0.000 description 4
- 150000004804 polysaccharides Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 4
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000011269 treatment regimen Methods 0.000 description 4
- 108700028369 Alleles Proteins 0.000 description 3
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 101710132601 Capsid protein Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 241000759568 Corixa Species 0.000 description 3
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-QTVWNMPRSA-N D-mannopyranose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-QTVWNMPRSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 101710177611 DNA polymerase II large subunit Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101710184669 DNA polymerase II small subunit Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102100037840 Dehydrogenase/reductase SDR family member 2, mitochondrial Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 102100029727 Enteropeptidase Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010013369 Enteropeptidase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102000005720 Glutathione transferase Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010070675 Glutathione transferase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108010017213 Granulocyte-Macrophage Colony-Stimulating Factor Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102100039620 Granulocyte-macrophage colony-stimulating factor Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108091027305 Heteroduplex Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 3
- 108060003951 Immunoglobulin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000001706 Immunoglobulin Fab Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010054477 Immunoglobulin Fab Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101710203526 Integrase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108091092195 Intron Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108010076876 Keratins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-Proline Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1 ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N L-alanine Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C(O)=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N L-tryptophane Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C[C@H](N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 3
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-valine Chemical compound CC(C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 3
- 206010035226 Plasma cell myeloma Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 101710182846 Polyhedrin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Proline Natural products OC(=O)C1CCCN1 ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 101710188053 Protein D Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 3
- 101710132893 Resolvase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000006382 Ribonucleases Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010083644 Ribonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 108700012920 TNF Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 241000723873 Tobacco mosaic virus Species 0.000 description 3
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000000259 anti-tumor effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940009098 aspartate Drugs 0.000 description 3
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000003115 biocidal effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000000170 cell membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 235000012000 cholesterol Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 230000002759 chromosomal effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000002612 dispersion medium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000002919 epithelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 210000003527 eukaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 108700004026 gag Genes Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229930195712 glutamate Natural products 0.000 description 3
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 230000013595 glycosylation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000006206 glycosylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 208000006454 hepatitis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 231100000283 hepatitis Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 210000003494 hepatocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 210000005260 human cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 210000004408 hybridoma Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000000987 immune system Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 102000018358 immunoglobulin Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 238000002513 implantation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000009545 invasion Effects 0.000 description 3
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N lactose group Chemical group OC1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O2)CO)[C@H](O1)CO GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000011859 microparticle Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000002703 mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 231100000350 mutagenesis Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 201000000050 myeloid neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000001717 pathogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000006187 pill Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000000069 prophylactic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000001243 protein synthesis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000003212 purines Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 3
- 108091008146 restriction endonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 238000010839 reverse transcription Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 210000004989 spleen cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 238000013268 sustained release Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000012730 sustained-release form Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000002194 synthesizing effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003053 toxin Substances 0.000 description 3
- 231100000765 toxin Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 108700012359 toxins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 230000002103 transcriptional effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000004474 valine Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000013603 viral vector Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000002845 virion Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 125000003088 (fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-OFKYTIFKSA-N 1-[(2r,4s,5r)-4-hydroxy-5-(tritiooxymethyl)oxolan-2-yl]-5-methylpyrimidine-2,4-dione Chemical compound C1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO[3H])O[C@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C(C)=C1 IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-OFKYTIFKSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7H-purine Chemical compound N1=CNC2=NC=NC2=C1 KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010001258 Adenoviral infections Diseases 0.000 description 2
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108700023418 Amidases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O Ammonium Chemical compound [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 2
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000201370 Autographa californica nucleopolyhedrovirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 208000035143 Bacterial infection Diseases 0.000 description 2
- DWRXFEITVBNRMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Beta-D-1-Arabinofuranosylthymine Natural products O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1C1C(O)C(O)C(CO)O1 DWRXFEITVBNRMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000167854 Bourreria succulenta Species 0.000 description 2
- FERIUCNNQQJTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butyric acid Chemical compound CCCC(O)=O FERIUCNNQQJTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010078791 Carrier Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241001227713 Chiron Species 0.000 description 2
- 108010035563 Chloramphenicol O-acetyltransferase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroform Chemical compound ClC(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108700010070 Codon Usage Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108020004635 Complementary DNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229920002261 Corn starch Polymers 0.000 description 2
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010017826 DNA Polymerase I Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000004594 DNA Polymerase I Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010014303 DNA-directed DNA polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000016928 DNA-directed DNA polymerase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 2
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101710103942 Elongation factor 1-alpha Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010042407 Endonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010074860 Factor Xa Proteins 0.000 description 2
- ZHNUHDYFZUAESO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formamide Chemical compound NC=O ZHNUHDYFZUAESO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010024636 Glutathione Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000003886 Glycoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000288 Glycoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108091027874 Group I catalytic intron Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000238631 Hexapoda Species 0.000 description 2
- 101000822394 Homo sapiens Gamma-aminobutyric acid receptor subunit pi Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241001135569 Human adenovirus 5 Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000598171 Human adenovirus sp. Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000725303 Human immunodeficiency virus Species 0.000 description 2
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 102000018071 Immunoglobulin Fc Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010091135 Immunoglobulin Fc Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 2
- SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Indole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=CC2=C1 SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102100037877 Intercellular adhesion molecule 1 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010065805 Interleukin-12 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000013462 Interleukin-12 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000978 Interleukin-4 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010002616 Interleukin-5 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron Chemical class [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 2
- FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-methionine Chemical compound CSCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FBOZXECLQNJBKD-ZDUSSCGKSA-N L-methotrexate Chemical compound C=1N=C2N=C(N)N=C(N)C2=NC=1CN(C)C1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 FBOZXECLQNJBKD-ZDUSSCGKSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000713666 Lentivirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 102000003960 Ligases Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000364 Ligases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000000232 Lipid Bilayer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108090001030 Lipoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000004895 Lipoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010047702 MPG peptide Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 2
- 108091061960 Naked DNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000221960 Neurospora Species 0.000 description 2
- 238000000636 Northern blotting Methods 0.000 description 2
- 101710163270 Nuclease Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108020005187 Oligonucleotide Probes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 2
- 108010068204 Peptide Elongation Factors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000002508 Peptide Elongation Factors Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102000004160 Phosphoric Monoester Hydrolases Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000608 Phosphoric Monoester Hydrolases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010036790 Productive cough Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108010029485 Protein Isoforms Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000001708 Protein Isoforms Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 230000006819 RNA synthesis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 108010092799 RNA-directed DNA polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000220317 Rosa Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000714474 Rous sarcoma virus Species 0.000 description 2
- 238000002105 Southern blotting Methods 0.000 description 2
- 241000256251 Spodoptera frugiperda Species 0.000 description 2
- 230000006044 T cell activation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000005867 T cell response Effects 0.000 description 2
- 108091023040 Transcription factor Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000040945 Transcription factor Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 241000255985 Trichoplusia Species 0.000 description 2
- 206010046865 Vaccinia virus infection Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001154 acute effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 2
- AZDRQVAHHNSJOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N alumane Chemical class [AlH3] AZDRQVAHHNSJOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WNROFYMDJYEPJX-UHFFFAOYSA-K aluminium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[OH-].[Al+3] WNROFYMDJYEPJX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- 229940024545 aluminum hydroxide Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 102000005922 amidase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 238000000137 annealing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000844 anti-bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940121375 antifungal agent Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000003429 antifungal agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012736 aqueous medium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000003704 aspartic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-L-thymidine Natural products O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1C1OC(CO)C(O)C1 IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-PSQAKQOGSA-N beta-L-uridine Natural products O[C@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O[C@@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C=C1 DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-PSQAKQOGSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-carboxyaspartic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)C(C(O)=O)C(O)=O OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960000074 biopharmaceutical Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000001574 biopsy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910021538 borax Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 210000000481 breast Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 229910000389 calcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000011010 calcium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 230000003197 catalytic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006555 catalytic reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000022131 cell cycle Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000007385 chemical modification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019693 cherries Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorobutanol Chemical compound CC(C)(O)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000012875 competitive assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000021615 conjugation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000008120 corn starch Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940099112 cornstarch Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000001351 cycling effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 231100000135 cytotoxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000003013 cytotoxicity Effects 0.000 description 2
- GVJHHUAWPYXKBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N d-alpha-tocopherol Natural products OC1=C(C)C(C)=C2OC(CCCC(C)CCCC(C)CCCC(C)C)(C)CCC2=C1C GVJHHUAWPYXKBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000551 dentifrice Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012377 drug delivery Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005538 encapsulation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 108700004025 env Genes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 210000004700 fetal blood Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000002950 fibroblast Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001943 fluorescence-activated cell sorting Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000013355 food flavoring agent Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000003599 food sweetener Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000001476 gene delivery Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007429 general method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000013922 glutamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000004220 glutamic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960003180 glutathione Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 150000004820 halides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000000487 histidyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C(C(=O)O*)C([H])([H])C1=C([H])N([H])C([H])=N1 0.000 description 2
- 238000002744 homologous recombination Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000006801 homologous recombination Effects 0.000 description 2
- 102000047729 human GABRP Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 210000003917 human chromosome Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- FDGQSTZJBFJUBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N hypoxanthine Chemical compound O=C1NC=NC2=C1NC=N2 FDGQSTZJBFJUBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002779 inactivation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000411 inducer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000036512 infertility Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000007529 inorganic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000010253 intravenous injection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011901 isothermal amplification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007951 isotonicity adjuster Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000003292 kidney cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000002147 killing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004816 latex Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000126 latex Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000006249 magnetic particle Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229930182817 methionine Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 229960000485 methotrexate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000002493 microarray Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010369 molecular cloning Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000000865 mononuclear phagocyte system Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000002324 mouth wash Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940051866 mouthwash Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 210000003205 muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000002105 nanoparticle Substances 0.000 description 2
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000007764 o/w emulsion Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002751 oligonucleotide probe Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000007530 organic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000001539 phagocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 108700004029 pol Genes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000006116 polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001323 posttranslational effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000007686 potassium Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000003127 radioimmunoassay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001959 radiotherapy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000006798 recombination Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008439 repair process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003362 replicative effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N saccharin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)NS(=O)(=O)C2=C1 CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000006152 selective media Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000003491 skin Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 235000010339 sodium tetraborate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000010532 solid phase synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001179 sorption measurement Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000003802 sputum Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 208000024794 sputum Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000010473 stable expression Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004083 survival effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000006188 syrup Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000020357 syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 description 2
- RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-K thiophosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=S RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- 229940104230 thymidine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- RWQNBRDOKXIBIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N thymine Chemical compound CC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O RWQNBRDOKXIBIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011732 tocopherol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960001295 tocopherol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229930003799 tocopherol Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 235000010384 tocopherol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H tricalcium bis(phosphate) Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 2
- GETQZCLCWQTVFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethylamine Chemical compound CN(C)C GETQZCLCWQTVFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BSVBQGMMJUBVOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N trisodium borate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]B([O-])[O-] BSVBQGMMJUBVOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241001515965 unidentified phage Species 0.000 description 2
- 239000002691 unilamellar liposome Substances 0.000 description 2
- DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N uracil arabinoside Natural products OC1C(O)C(CO)OC1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C=C1 DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940045145 uridine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 210000002700 urine Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000002255 vaccination Methods 0.000 description 2
- 208000007089 vaccinia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000006648 viral gene expression Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000029812 viral genome replication Effects 0.000 description 2
- GVJHHUAWPYXKBD-IEOSBIPESA-N α-tocopherol Chemical compound OC1=C(C)C(C)=C2O[C@@](CCC[C@H](C)CCC[C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)(C)CCC2=C1C GVJHHUAWPYXKBD-IEOSBIPESA-N 0.000 description 2
- OCUSNPIJIZCRSZ-ZTZWCFDHSA-N (2s)-2-amino-3-methylbutanoic acid;(2s)-2-amino-4-methylpentanoic acid;(2s,3s)-2-amino-3-methylpentanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O.CC[C@H](C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O.CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(O)=O OCUSNPIJIZCRSZ-ZTZWCFDHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NWUYHJFMYQTDRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-bis(ethenyl)benzene;1-ethenyl-2-ethylbenzene;styrene Chemical compound C=CC1=CC=CC=C1.CCC1=CC=CC=C1C=C.C=CC1=CC=CC=C1C=C NWUYHJFMYQTDRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-beta-D-Xylofuranosyl-NH-Cytosine Natural products O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1C1C(O)C(O)C(CO)O1 UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 1-palmitoyl-2-arachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCC IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PIINGYXNCHTJTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-azaniumylethylamino)acetate Chemical compound NCCNCC(O)=O PIINGYXNCHTJTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010020504 2-Oxoglutarate 5-Dioxygenase Procollagen-Lysine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- BFSVOASYOCHEOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-diethylaminoethanol Chemical compound CCN(CC)CCO BFSVOASYOCHEOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FWMNVWWHGCHHJJ-SKKKGAJSSA-N 4-amino-1-[(2r)-6-amino-2-[[(2r)-2-[[(2r)-2-[[(2r)-2-amino-3-phenylpropanoyl]amino]-3-phenylpropanoyl]amino]-4-methylpentanoyl]amino]hexanoyl]piperidine-4-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C([C@H](C(=O)N[C@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N1CCC(N)(CC1)C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 FWMNVWWHGCHHJJ-SKKKGAJSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TVZGACDUOSZQKY-LBPRGKRZSA-N 4-aminofolic acid Chemical compound C1=NC2=NC(N)=NC(N)=C2N=C1CNC1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 TVZGACDUOSZQKY-LBPRGKRZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101150094949 APRT gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010066676 Abrin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010009924 Aconitate hydratase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229930024421 Adenine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- GFFGJBXGBJISGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Adenine Chemical compound NC1=NC=NC2=C1N=CN2 GFFGJBXGBJISGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100029457 Adenine phosphoribosyltransferase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010024223 Adenine phosphoribosyltransferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920000936 Agarose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108010088751 Albumins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000009027 Albumins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010025188 Alcohol oxidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000024188 Andala Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100031936 Anterior gradient protein 2 homolog Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000006306 Antigen Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010083359 Antigen Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000272478 Aquila Species 0.000 description 1
- 101000640990 Arabidopsis thaliana Tryptophan-tRNA ligase, chloroplastic/mitochondrial Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010003402 Arthropod sting Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010003445 Ascites Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000416162 Astragalus gummifer Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100032306 Aurora kinase B Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000749 Aurora kinase B Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000271566 Aves Species 0.000 description 1
- 108091003079 Bovine Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010029697 CD40 Ligand Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101150013553 CD40 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100032937 CD40 ligand Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101150021348 CDC2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000909256 Caldicellulosiruptor bescii (strain ATCC BAA-1888 / DSM 6725 / Z-1320) DNA polymerase I Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000283707 Capra Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100029949 Caprin-1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710072528 Caprin-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000014914 Carrier Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000701489 Cauliflower mosaic virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000000844 Cell Surface Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010001857 Cell Surface Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000282693 Cercopithecidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000005496 Chlorsulfuron Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000009016 Cholera Toxin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010049048 Cholera Toxin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010009685 Cholinergic Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010059480 Chondroitin Sulfate Proteoglycans Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000005598 Chondroitin Sulfate Proteoglycans Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010077544 Chromatin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chromium Chemical compound [Cr] VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101710094648 Coat protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000008186 Collagen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010035532 Collagen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108020004394 Complementary RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000557626 Corvus corax Species 0.000 description 1
- 108091029430 CpG site Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108050006400 Cyclin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003903 Cyclin-dependent kinases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229920000858 Cyclodextrin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-PSQAKQOGSA-N Cytidine Natural products O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O1 UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-PSQAKQOGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010015742 Cytochrome P-450 Enzyme System Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003849 Cytochrome P450 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100030497 Cytochrome c Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010052832 Cytochromes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000018832 Cytochromes Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010075031 Cytochromes c Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100039868 Cytoplasmic aconitate hydratase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- IGXWBGJHJZYPQS-SSDOTTSWSA-N D-Luciferin Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H]1CSC(C=2SC3=CC=C(O)C=C3N=2)=N1 IGXWBGJHJZYPQS-SSDOTTSWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LEVWYRKDKASIDU-QWWZWVQMSA-N D-cystine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](N)CSSC[C@@H](N)C(O)=O LEVWYRKDKASIDU-QWWZWVQMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YVGGHNCTFXOJCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N DDT Chemical compound C1=CC(Cl)=CC=C1C(C(Cl)(Cl)Cl)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 YVGGHNCTFXOJCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101150074155 DHFR gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010076804 DNA Restriction Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000003155 DNA primer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000006820 DNA synthesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007900 DNA-DNA hybridization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004568 DNA-binding Effects 0.000 description 1
- CYCGRDQQIOGCKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dehydro-luciferin Natural products OC(=O)C1=CSC(C=2SC3=CC(O)=CC=C3N=2)=N1 CYCGRDQQIOGCKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019739 Dicalciumphosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 206010061818 Disease progression Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000725618 Duck hepatitis B virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010024212 E-Selectin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100023471 E-selectin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100031780 Endonuclease Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000004533 Endonucleases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000991587 Enterovirus C Species 0.000 description 1
- 101710091045 Envelope protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241001524679 Escherichia virus M13 Species 0.000 description 1
- BJGNCJDXODQBOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fivefly Luciferin Natural products OC(=O)C1CSC(C=2SC3=CC(O)=CC=C3N=2)=N1 BJGNCJDXODQBOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000000666 Fowlpox Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000233866 Fungi Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000027484 GABAA receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091008681 GABAA receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004610 GATA3 Transcription Factor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010003338 GATA3 Transcription Factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700004714 Gelonium multiflorum GEL Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700028146 Genetic Enhancer Elements Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000042092 Glucose transporter family Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091052347 Glucose transporter family Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000053187 Glucuronidase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010060309 Glucuronidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229930186217 Glycolipid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 102100021181 Golgi phosphoprotein 3 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000606768 Haemophilus influenzae Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100031573 Hematopoietic progenitor cell antigen CD34 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Heparin Chemical compound OC1C(NC(=O)C)C(O)OC(COS(O)(=O)=O)C1OC1C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(O3)C(O)=O)OS(O)(=O)=O)C(CO)O2)NS(O)(=O)=O)C(C(O)=O)O1 HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000700721 Hepatitis B virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010027412 Histocompatibility Antigens Class II Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000018713 Histocompatibility Antigens Class II Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010033040 Histones Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000684275 Homo sapiens ADP-ribosylation factor 3 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000882335 Homo sapiens Alpha-enolase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000775021 Homo sapiens Anterior gradient protein 2 homolog Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000903937 Homo sapiens Bax inhibitor 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000868273 Homo sapiens CD44 antigen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000984015 Homo sapiens Cadherin-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000916264 Homo sapiens Catenin delta-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000898449 Homo sapiens Cathepsin B Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000891801 Homo sapiens Cleavage stimulation factor subunit 3 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001027128 Homo sapiens Fibronectin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001009091 Homo sapiens Hematopoietic lineage cell-specific protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000777663 Homo sapiens Hematopoietic progenitor cell antigen CD34 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000599852 Homo sapiens Intercellular adhesion molecule 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000663639 Homo sapiens Kunitz-type protease inhibitor 2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000739168 Homo sapiens Mammaglobin-B Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001111320 Homo sapiens Nestin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000582320 Homo sapiens Neurogenic differentiation factor 6 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001122035 Homo sapiens Ornithine aminotransferase, mitochondrial Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000605403 Homo sapiens Plasminogen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000617546 Homo sapiens Presenilin-2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000851176 Homo sapiens Pro-epidermal growth factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001072338 Homo sapiens Proliferating cell nuclear antigen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000876829 Homo sapiens Protein C-ets-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000614095 Homo sapiens Proton-activated chloride channel Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001106395 Homo sapiens Rho GTPase-activating protein 5 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101500025560 Homo sapiens Saposin-B Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000914484 Homo sapiens T-lymphocyte activation antigen CD80 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000891367 Homo sapiens Transcobalamin-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000757378 Homo sapiens Transcription factor AP-2-alpha Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000640976 Homo sapiens Tryptophan-tRNA ligase, cytoplasmic Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000713575 Homo sapiens Tubulin beta-3 chain Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000621991 Homo sapiens Vinculin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000713772 Human immunodeficiency virus 1 Species 0.000 description 1
- AVXURJPOCDRRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydroxylamine Chemical compound ON AVXURJPOCDRRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002153 Hydroxypropyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hypoxanthine nucleoside Natural products OC1C(O)C(CO)OC1N1C(NC=NC2=O)=C2N=C1 UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108020005350 Initiator Codon Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229930010555 Inosine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N Inosine Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C2=NC=NC(O)=C2N=C1 UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100034349 Integrase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010064593 Intercellular Adhesion Molecule-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108090000174 Interleukin-10 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108090000176 Interleukin-13 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010002386 Interleukin-3 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108090001005 Interleukin-6 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010002586 Interleukin-7 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100021592 Interleukin-7 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000011782 Keratins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 125000000998 L-alanino group Chemical group [H]N([*])[C@](C([H])([H])[H])([H])C(=O)O[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000174 L-prolyl group Chemical group [H]N1C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[C@@]1([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000000510 L-tryptophano group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C2N([H])C([H])=C(C([H])([H])[C@@]([H])(C(O[H])=O)N([H])[*])C2=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 235000010643 Leucaena leucocephala Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 240000007472 Leucaena leucocephala Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010037138 Linoleoyl-CoA Desaturase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Chemical compound [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108060001084 Luciferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000005089 Luciferase Substances 0.000 description 1
- DDWFXDSYGUXRAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Luciferin Natural products CCc1c(C)c(CC2NC(=O)C(=C2C=C)C)[nH]c1Cc3[nH]c4C(=C5/NC(CC(=O)O)C(C)C5CC(=O)O)CC(=O)c4c3C DDWFXDSYGUXRAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000043136 MAP kinase family Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091054455 MAP kinase family Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000043129 MHC class I family Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091054437 MHC class I family Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710125418 Major capsid protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010031099 Mannose Receptor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000012750 Membrane Glycoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010090054 Membrane Glycoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000018697 Membrane Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010052285 Membrane Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 244000246386 Mentha pulegium Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000016257 Mentha pulegium Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000004357 Mentha x piperita Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 101100261636 Methanothermobacter marburgensis (strain ATCC BAA-927 / DSM 2133 / JCM 14651 / NBRC 100331 / OCM 82 / Marburg) trpB2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010007784 Methionine adenosyltransferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010008707 Mucin-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007298 Mucin-1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010048723 Multiple-drug resistance Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000204795 Muraena helena Species 0.000 description 1
- MSFSPUZXLOGKHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Muraminsaeure Natural products OC(=O)C(C)OC1C(N)C(O)OC(CO)C1O MSFSPUZXLOGKHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101001090859 Mus musculus Myeloblastin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- UQOFGTXDASPNLL-XHNCKOQMSA-N Muscarine Chemical compound C[C@@H]1O[C@H](C[N+](C)(C)C)C[C@H]1O UQOFGTXDASPNLL-XHNCKOQMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000238367 Mya arenaria Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000187479 Mycobacterium tuberculosis Species 0.000 description 1
- 101710094913 Myelin proteolipid protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100026784 Myelin proteolipid protein Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000010168 Myeloid Differentiation Factor 88 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010077432 Myeloid Differentiation Factor 88 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010062010 N-Acetylmuramoyl-L-alanine Amidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- KTHDTJVBEPMMGL-VKHMYHEASA-N N-acetyl-L-alanine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(C)=O KTHDTJVBEPMMGL-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- KTHDTJVBEPMMGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-acetyl-L-alanine Natural products OC(=O)C(C)NC(C)=O KTHDTJVBEPMMGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004988 N-glycosylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001429 N-terminal alpha-amino-acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229930193140 Neomycin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 102100030589 Neurogenic differentiation factor 6 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241001028048 Nicola Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000000020 Nitrocellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108020004711 Nucleic Acid Probes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091005461 Nucleic proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710141454 Nucleoprotein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- XDMCWZFLLGVIID-SXPRBRBTSA-N O-(3-O-D-galactosyl-N-acetyl-beta-D-galactosaminyl)-L-serine Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@H]1[C@H](OC[C@H]([NH3+])C([O-])=O)O[C@H](CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1OC1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 XDMCWZFLLGVIID-SXPRBRBTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 240000007817 Olea europaea Species 0.000 description 1
- 108700020796 Oncogene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000043276 Oncogene Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 238000012408 PCR amplification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 108020002230 Pancreatic Ribonuclease Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000005891 Pancreatic ribonuclease Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000526 Papain Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241001494479 Pecora Species 0.000 description 1
- 108091005804 Peptidases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000035195 Peptidases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010077524 Peptide Elongation Factor 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000010292 Peptide Elongation Factor 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010067902 Peptide Library Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010013639 Peptidoglycan Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 201000005702 Pertussis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100035200 Phospholipase A and acyltransferase 4 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710131118 Phospholipase A and acyltransferase 4 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004861 Phosphoric Diester Hydrolases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090001050 Phosphoric Diester Hydrolases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100124346 Photorhabdus laumondii subsp. laumondii (strain DSM 15139 / CIP 105565 / TT01) hisCD gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000001938 Plasminogen Activators Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000276498 Pollachius virens Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241001505332 Polyomavirus sp. Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000243142 Porifera Species 0.000 description 1
- 101710083689 Probable capsid protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004365 Protease Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000004245 Proteasome Endopeptidase Complex Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000708 Proteasome Endopeptidase Complex Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100035251 Protein C-ets-1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010076504 Protein Sorting Signals Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710188315 Protein X Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100027584 Protein c-Fos Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010071563 Proto-Oncogene Proteins c-fos Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710101078 Proton-activated chloride channel Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000762949 Pseudomonas aeruginosa (strain ATCC 15692 / DSM 22644 / CIP 104116 / JCM 14847 / LMG 12228 / 1C / PRS 101 / PAO1) Exotoxin A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100020754 Putative fatty acid desaturase 2-like protein FADS2B Human genes 0.000 description 1
- CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrimidine Chemical compound C1=CN=CN=C1 CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101000902592 Pyrococcus furiosus (strain ATCC 43587 / DSM 3638 / JCM 8422 / Vc1) DNA polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010066717 Q beta Replicase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000017143 RNA Polymerase I Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010013845 RNA Polymerase I Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000009572 RNA Polymerase II Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010009460 RNA Polymerase II Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108020004518 RNA Probes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000003391 RNA probe Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007022 RNA scission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 241001068263 Replication competent viruses Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000004389 Ribonucleoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010081734 Ribonucleoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010003581 Ribulose-bisphosphate carboxylase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010039491 Ricin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100026115 S-adenosylmethionine synthase isoform type-1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000710961 Semliki Forest virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108091081021 Sense strand Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920001800 Shellac Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108010079723 Shiga Toxin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010032838 Sialoglycoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007365 Sialoglycoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000700584 Simplexvirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000710960 Sindbis virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108020004682 Single-Stranded DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 244000061456 Solanum tuberosum Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000002595 Solanum tuberosum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 108010090804 Streptavidin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000193998 Streptococcus pneumoniae Species 0.000 description 1
- 101710172711 Structural protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000006052 T cell proliferation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108091008874 T cell receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000016266 T-Cell Antigen Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100027222 T-lymphocyte activation antigen CD80 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710137500 T7 RNA polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710136739 Teichoic acid poly(glycerol phosphate) polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010017842 Telomerase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010043376 Tetanus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000906446 Theraps Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000005488 Thioesterase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100036407 Thioredoxin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000190 Thrombin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108060008245 Thrombospondin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000002938 Thrombospondin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000006601 Thymidine Kinase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020004440 Thymidine kinase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920001615 Tragacanth Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 101800001690 Transmembrane protein gp41 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- GLNADSQYFUSGOU-GPTZEZBUSA-J Trypan blue Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].C1=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C2C=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C(/N=N/C3=CC=C(C=C3C)C=3C=C(C(=CC=3)\N=N\C=3C(=CC4=CC(=CC(N)=C4C=3O)S([O-])(=O)=O)S([O-])(=O)=O)C)=C(O)C2=C1N GLNADSQYFUSGOU-GPTZEZBUSA-J 0.000 description 1
- 102000002501 Tryptophan-tRNA Ligase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100034300 Tryptophan-tRNA ligase, cytoplasmic Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000004243 Tubulin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000704 Tubulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100040245 Tumor necrosis factor receptor superfamily member 5 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000700618 Vaccinia virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000251539 Vertebrata <Metazoa> Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010003533 Viral Envelope Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700005077 Viral Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010067390 Viral Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108020000999 Viral RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000036142 Viral infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- IXKSXJFAGXLQOQ-XISFHERQSA-N WHWLQLKPGQPMY Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C1=CNC=N1 IXKSXJFAGXLQOQ-XISFHERQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101000690559 Xenopus laevis Anterior gradient protein 2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc Chemical class [Zn] HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UZQJVUCHXGYFLQ-AYDHOLPZSA-N [(2s,3r,4s,5r,6r)-4-[(2s,3r,4s,5r,6r)-4-[(2r,3r,4s,5r,6r)-4-[(2s,3r,4s,5r,6r)-3,5-dihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)-4-[(2s,3r,4s,5s,6r)-3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxyoxan-2-yl]oxy-3,5-dihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxy-3,5-dihydroxy-6-(hy Chemical compound O([C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]([C@@H]1O)O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]([C@@H]1O)O[C@H]1CC[C@]2(C)[C@H]3CC=C4[C@@]([C@@]3(CC[C@H]2[C@@]1(C=O)C)C)(C)CC(O)[C@]1(CCC(CC14)(C)C)C(=O)O[C@H]1[C@@H]([C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](O[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H](O[C@H]4[C@@H]([C@@H](O[C@H]5[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O5)O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O4)O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O3)O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1)O)[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O UZQJVUCHXGYFLQ-AYDHOLPZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FHICGHSMIPIAPL-HDYAAECPSA-N [2-[3-[6-[3-[(5R,6aS,6bR,12aR)-10-[6-[2-[2-[4,5-dihydroxy-3-(3,4,5-trihydroxyoxan-2-yl)oxyoxan-2-yl]ethoxy]ethyl]-3,4,5-trihydroxyoxan-2-yl]oxy-5-hydroxy-2,2,6a,6b,9,9,12a-heptamethyl-1,3,4,5,6,6a,7,8,8a,10,11,12,13,14b-tetradecahydropicene-4a-carbonyl]peroxypropyl]-5-[[5-[8-[3,5-dihydroxy-4-(3,4,5-trihydroxyoxan-2-yl)oxyoxan-2-yl]octoxy]-3,4-dihydroxy-6-methyloxan-2-yl]methoxy]-3,4-dihydroxyoxan-2-yl]propoxymethyl]-5-hydroxy-3-[(6S)-6-hydroxy-2,6-dimethylocta-2,7-dienoyl]oxy-6-methyloxan-4-yl] (2E,6S)-6-hydroxy-2-(hydroxymethyl)-6-methylocta-2,7-dienoate Chemical compound C=C[C@@](C)(O)CCC=C(C)C(=O)OC1C(OC(=O)C(\CO)=C\CC[C@](C)(O)C=C)C(O)C(C)OC1COCCCC1C(O)C(O)C(OCC2C(C(O)C(OCCCCCCCCC3C(C(OC4C(C(O)C(O)CO4)O)C(O)CO3)O)C(C)O2)O)C(CCCOOC(=O)C23C(CC(C)(C)CC2)C=2[C@@]([C@]4(C)CCC5C(C)(C)C(OC6C(C(O)C(O)C(CCOCCC7C(C(O)C(O)CO7)OC7C(C(O)C(O)CO7)O)O6)O)CC[C@]5(C)C4CC=2)(C)C[C@H]3O)O1 FHICGHSMIPIAPL-HDYAAECPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002159 abnormal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003082 abrasive agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003070 absorption delaying agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009825 accumulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000021736 acetylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006640 acetylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000034337 acetylcholine receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020002494 acetyltransferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000005421 acetyltransferase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 238000005903 acid hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000010933 acylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005917 acylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960000643 adenine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001261 affinity purification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011256 aggressive treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013019 agitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000783 alginic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229960001126 alginic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004781 alginic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000000172 allergic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000735 allogeneic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012637 allosteric effector Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940037003 alum Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ILRRQNADMUWWFW-UHFFFAOYSA-K aluminium phosphate Chemical compound O1[Al]2OP1(=O)O2 ILRRQNADMUWWFW-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 229940024546 aluminum hydroxide gel Drugs 0.000 description 1
- SMYKVLBUSSNXMV-UHFFFAOYSA-K aluminum;trihydroxide;hydrate Chemical compound O.[OH-].[OH-].[OH-].[Al+3] SMYKVLBUSSNXMV-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 229940126575 aminoglycoside Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960003896 aminopterin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000008064 anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000004102 animal cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000010208 anthocyanin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229930002877 anthocyanin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000004410 anthocyanin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000004636 anthocyanins Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000000340 anti-metabolite Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005809 anti-tumor immunity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000840 anti-viral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940124691 antibody therapeutics Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940100197 antimetabolite Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002256 antimetabolite Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002246 antineoplastic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000005975 antitumor immune response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008135 aqueous vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002820 assay format Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 208000010668 atopic eczema Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000003416 augmentation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003190 augmentative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006472 autoimmune response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005812 autoimmune toxicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000022362 bacterial infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000037429 base substitution Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108700042656 bcl-1 Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000001588 bifunctional effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000227 bioadhesive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004166 bioassay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013060 biological fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008827 biological function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920001222 biopolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940098773 bovine serum albumin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000004556 brain Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000006189 buccal tablet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940046011 buccal tablet Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000007975 buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010804 cDNA synthesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009566 cancer vaccine Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940022399 cancer vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000005773 cancer-related death Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001818 capillary gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000021523 carboxylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006473 carboxylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002843 carboxylic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 101150055766 cat gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108020001778 catalytic domains Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 125000002091 cationic group Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000012832 cell culture technique Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007910 cell fusion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010261 cell growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004663 cell proliferation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001516 cell proliferation assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000006285 cell suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003833 cell viability Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000017455 cell-cell adhesion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000033383 cell-cell recognition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004568 cement Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013522 chelant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002512 chemotherapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940044683 chemotherapy drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000007958 cherry flavor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960004926 chlorobutanol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VJYIFXVZLXQVHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorsulfuron Chemical compound COC1=NC(C)=NC(NC(=O)NS(=O)(=O)C=2C(=CC=CC=2)Cl)=N1 VJYIFXVZLXQVHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001231 choline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OEYIOHPDSNJKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N choline Chemical compound C[N+](C)(C)CCO OEYIOHPDSNJKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000003483 chromatin Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052804 chromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011651 chromium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013611 chromosomal DNA Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001436 collagen Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000000084 colloidal system Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003184 complementary RNA Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009918 complex formation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000008504 concentrate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012141 concentrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108091036078 conserved sequence Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000000356 contaminant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011109 contamination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001276 controlling effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000139 costimulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012228 culture supernatant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004748 cultured cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000012258 culturing Methods 0.000 description 1
- WZHCOOQXZCIUNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclandelate Chemical compound C1C(C)(C)CC(C)CC1OC(=O)C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WZHCOOQXZCIUNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940097362 cyclodextrins Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960003067 cystine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-ZAKLUEHWSA-N cytidine Chemical compound O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O1 UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-ZAKLUEHWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000009089 cytolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001461 cytolytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000805 cytoplasm Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001086 cytosolic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007812 deficiency Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003405 delayed action preparation Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002716 delivery method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000001787 dendrite Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003599 detergent Substances 0.000 description 1
- NEFBYIFKOOEVPA-UHFFFAOYSA-K dicalcium phosphate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NEFBYIFKOOEVPA-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 229910000390 dicalcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940038472 dicalcium phosphate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000005911 diet Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000037213 diet Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000029087 digestion Effects 0.000 description 1
- UGMCXQCYOVCMTB-UHFFFAOYSA-K dihydroxy(stearato)aluminium Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)O[Al](O)O UGMCXQCYOVCMTB-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000539 dimer Substances 0.000 description 1
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 1
- 230000005750 disease progression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241001493065 dsRNA viruses Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013399 early diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010828 elution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000012202 endocytosis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003989 endothelium vascular Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000925 erythroid effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- BEFDCLMNVWHSGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethenylcyclopentane Chemical compound C=CC1CCCC1 BEFDCLMNVWHSGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008020 evaporation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001747 exhibiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001808 exosome Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000835 fiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011152 fibreglass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108700014844 flt3 ligand Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004088 foaming agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013305 food Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000006062 fragmentation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012458 free base Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004108 freeze drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012737 fresh medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000005714 functional activity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 101150098622 gag gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940083124 ganglion-blocking antiadrenergic secondary and tertiary amines Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000001502 gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007903 gelatin capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002523 gelfiltration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001415 gene therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000054766 genetic haplotypes Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 231100000025 genetic toxicology Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001738 genotoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000734 genotoxic potential Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 210000004907 gland Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052737 gold Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010931 gold Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002710 gonadal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003102 growth factor Substances 0.000 description 1
- PJJJBBJSCAKJQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N guanidinium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].NC(N)=[NH2+] PJJJBBJSCAKJQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000005802 health problem Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003505 heat denaturation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003958 hematopoietic stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229920000669 heparin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229960002897 heparin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 206010073071 hepatocellular carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002363 herbicidal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004009 herbicide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 101150113423 hisD gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000001794 hormone therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000001050 hortel pimenta Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 102000056907 human ARF3 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000053514 human ARHGAP5 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000047933 human CDH1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000053907 human CTSB Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000049086 human HCLS1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000044075 human OAT Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000057767 human SCGB2A1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000052154 human SPINT2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000057916 human TMBIM6 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000046142 human TUBB3 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000046775 human VCL Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000054989 human WARS1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000003906 humectant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000028996 humoral immune response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004754 hybrid cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000011167 hydrochloric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000017 hydrogel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000004679 hydroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000001863 hydroxypropyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010977 hydroxypropyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000003053 immunization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002649 immunization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940072221 immunoglobulins Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001024 immunotherapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007901 in situ hybridization Methods 0.000 description 1
- PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N indole Natural products CC1=CC=CC2=C1C=CN2 PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N indolenine Natural products C1=CC=C2CC=NC2=C1 RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003701 inert diluent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002458 infectious effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001524 infective effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000028709 inflammatory response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000037798 influenza B Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007972 injectable composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011081 inoculation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002054 inoculum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003786 inosine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000007689 inspection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008611 intercellular interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007917 intracranial administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008863 intramolecular interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007928 intraperitoneal injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007913 intrathecal administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007852 inverse PCR Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003456 ion exchange resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003303 ion-exchange polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052742 iron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- JJWLVOIRVHMVIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N isopropylamine Chemical compound CC(C)N JJWLVOIRVHMVIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010028309 kalinin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010045069 keyhole-limpet hemocyanin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101150066555 lacZ gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 235000010445 lecithin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000787 lecithin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940067606 lecithin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000021633 leukocyte mediated immunity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007834 ligase chain reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- XMGQYMWWDOXHJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N limonene Chemical compound CC(=C)C1CCC(C)=CC1 XMGQYMWWDOXHJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GZQKNULLWNGMCW-PWQABINMSA-N lipid A (E. coli) Chemical compound O1[C@H](CO)[C@@H](OP(O)(O)=O)[C@H](OC(=O)C[C@@H](CCCCCCCCCCC)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCC)[C@@H](NC(=O)C[C@@H](CCCCCCCCCCC)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCC)[C@@H]1OC[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](OC(=O)C[C@H](O)CCCCCCCCCCC)[C@@H](NC(=O)C[C@H](O)CCCCCCCCCCC)[C@@H](OP(O)(O)=O)O1 GZQKNULLWNGMCW-PWQABINMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000029226 lipidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006193 liquid solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006194 liquid suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052744 lithium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000004807 localization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000002751 lymph Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000005210 lymphoid organ Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003810 lymphokine-activated killer cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000012139 lysis buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002521 macromolecule Polymers 0.000 description 1
- ZLNQQNXFFQJAID-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium carbonate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-]C([O-])=O ZLNQQNXFFQJAID-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000001095 magnesium carbonate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000021 magnesium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 159000000003 magnesium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000007726 management method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004949 mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000035800 maturation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004779 membrane envelope Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229910021645 metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910044991 metal oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000004706 metal oxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 235000010270 methyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- OSWPMRLSEDHDFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl salicylate Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1O OSWPMRLSEDHDFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003278 mimic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002480 mineral oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010446 mineral oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- ZAHQPTJLOCWVPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N mitoxantrone dihydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.Cl.O=C1C2=C(O)C=CC(O)=C2C(=O)C2=C1C(NCCNCCO)=CC=C2NCCNCCO ZAHQPTJLOCWVPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000020654 modulation by virus of host translation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004899 motility Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000663 muscle cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003471 mutagenic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000869 mutational effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002077 nanosphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007922 nasal spray Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000822 natural killer cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000013642 negative control Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960004927 neomycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- GVUGOAYIVIDWIO-UFWWTJHBSA-N nepidermin Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(O)=O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CCSC)NC(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(N)=O)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)CC)C(C)C)C(C)C)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 GVUGOAYIVIDWIO-UFWWTJHBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000000440 neutrophil Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229920001220 nitrocellulos Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 231100000957 no side effect Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000002853 nucleic acid probe Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001821 nucleic acid purification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001668 nucleic acid synthesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000269 nucleophilic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000030648 nucleus localization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001542 oligosaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000002482 oligosaccharides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000011275 oncology therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005457 optimization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940100688 oral solution Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000668 oral spray Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940041678 oral spray Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000007968 orange flavor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000008520 organization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012856 packing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940055729 papain Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019834 papain Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000052769 pathogen Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000035515 penetration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108010082406 peptide permease Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003200 peritoneal cavity Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002688 persistence Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960003742 phenol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004633 phorbol derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000002644 phorbol ester Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000004713 phosphodiesters Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000008300 phosphoramidites Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000011007 phosphoric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000003013 phosphoric acid derivatives Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003016 phosphoric acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000026731 phosphorylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006366 phosphorylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000704 physical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004962 physiological condition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035479 physiological effects, processes and functions Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940023488 pill Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000013600 plasmid vector Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940127126 plasminogen activator Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000004180 plasmocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108700028325 pokeweed antiviral Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920000771 poly (alkylcyanoacrylate) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001606 poly(lactic acid-co-glycolic acid) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002627 poly(phosphazenes) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000058 polyacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000008488 polyadenylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000000379 polymerizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920005862 polyol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000003077 polyols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004800 polyvinyl chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000915 polyvinyl chloride Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011148 porous material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000015497 potassium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910000028 potassium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011736 potassium bicarbonate Substances 0.000 description 1
- TYJJADVDDVDEDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium hydrogencarbonate Chemical compound [K+].OC([O-])=O TYJJADVDDVDEDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002953 preparative HPLC Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002335 preservative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003141 primary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000001566 pro-viral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- MFDFERRIHVXMIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N procaine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(N)C=C1 MFDFERRIHVXMIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004919 procaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000001236 prokaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002035 prolonged effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001737 promoting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000644 propagated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001902 propagating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000010232 propyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000019833 protease Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002510 pyrogen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011002 quantification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000001397 quillaja saponaria molina bark Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003248 quinolines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000003439 radiotherapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000601 reactogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008707 rearrangement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005215 recombination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000022983 regulation of cell cycle Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037425 regulation of transcription Effects 0.000 description 1
- 101150066583 rep gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 208000023504 respiratory system disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000004007 reversed phase HPLC Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108010074916 ribophorin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940081974 saccharin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019204 saccharin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000901 saccharin and its Na,K and Ca salt Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930182490 saponin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000007949 saponins Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 108010073863 saruplase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000028327 secretion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012163 sequencing technique Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000405 serological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004208 shellac Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZLGIYFNHBLSMPS-ATJNOEHPSA-N shellac Chemical compound OCCCCCC(O)C(O)CCCCCCCC(O)=O.C1C23[C@H](C(O)=O)CCC2[C@](C)(CO)[C@@H]1C(C(O)=O)=C[C@@H]3O ZLGIYFNHBLSMPS-ATJNOEHPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940113147 shellac Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000013874 shellac Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000035939 shock Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013605 shuttle vector Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003381 solubilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000527 sonication Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000010199 sorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940075582 sorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004334 sorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000006850 spacer group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000009870 specific binding Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012289 standard assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000130 stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000000707 stereoselective effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001954 sterilising effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004659 sterilization and disinfection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940031000 streptococcus pneumoniae Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000010254 subcutaneous injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007929 subcutaneous injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000375 suspending agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012385 systemic delivery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012222 talc Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 210000003411 telomere Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 102000055501 telomere Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091035539 telomere Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000002562 thickening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- RTKIYNMVFMVABJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L thimerosal Chemical compound [Na+].CC[Hg]SC1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O RTKIYNMVFMVABJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229940033663 thimerosal Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108020002982 thioesterase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108060008226 thioredoxin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940094937 thioredoxin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960004072 thrombin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940113082 thymine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000012090 tissue culture technique Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 210000003437 trachea Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000005030 transcription termination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006276 transfer reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001131 transforming effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001052 transient effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000014621 translational initiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001226 triphosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011178 triphosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000002264 triphosphate group Chemical class [H]OP(=O)(O[H])OP(=O)(O[H])OP(=O)(O[H])O* 0.000 description 1
- 101150081616 trpB gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101150111232 trpB-1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 201000008827 tuberculosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000003171 tumor-infiltrating lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tungsten Chemical compound [W] WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052721 tungsten Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010937 tungsten Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003668 tyrosines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000011882 ultra-fine particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000701447 unidentified baculovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001529453 unidentified herpesvirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000001291 vacuum drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000015112 vegetable and seed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008158 vegetable oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003501 vero cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000009385 viral infection Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000012431 wafers Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001262 western blot Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000009637 wintergreen oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- QAOHCFGKCWTBGC-QHOAOGIMSA-N wybutosine Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(=O)N3C(CC[C@H](NC(=O)OC)C(=O)OC)=C(C)N=C3N(C)C=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O QAOHCFGKCWTBGC-QHOAOGIMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QAOHCFGKCWTBGC-UHFFFAOYSA-N wybutosine Natural products C1=NC=2C(=O)N3C(CCC(NC(=O)OC)C(=O)OC)=C(C)N=C3N(C)C=2N1C1OC(CO)C(O)C1O QAOHCFGKCWTBGC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011701 zinc Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052725 zinc Chemical class 0.000 description 1
Landscapes
- Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
Description
COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR THE THERAPY
AND DIAGNOSIS OF BREAST CANCER
The present invention relates generally to therapy and diagnosis of cancer, such as breast cancer. The invention is more specifically related to polypeptides comprising at least a portion of a breast tumor protein, and to polynucleotides encoding such polypeptides. Such polypeptides and polynucleotides may be used in compositions for prevention and treatment of breast cancer, and for the diagnosis and monitoring of such cancers.
"Breast cancer is a significant health problem for women in the United
States and throughout the world. Although advances have been made in detection and . treatment of the disease, breast cancer remains the second leading cause of cancer- related deaths in women, affecting more than 180,000 women in the United States each year. For women in North America, the life-time odds of getting breast cancer are one -in eight.
No vaccine or other universally successful method for the prevention or treatment of breast cancer is currently available. Management of the disease currently relies on a combination of early diagnosis (through routine breast screening procedures) and aggressive treatment, which may include one or more of a variety of treatments such as surgery, radiotherapy, chemotherapy and hormone therapy. The course of treatment for a particular breast cancer is often selected based on a variety of prognostic parameters, including an analysis of specific tumor markers. See, e.g., Porter-Jordan and Lippman, Breast Cancer 8:73-100 (1994). However, the use of established markers often leads to a result that is difficult to interpret, and the high mortality observed in breast cancer patients indicates that improvements are needed in the treatment, diagnosis and prevention of the disease.
Accordingly, there is a need in the art for improved methods for the treatment and diagnosis of breast cancer. The present invention fulfills these needs and further provides other related advantages. : \
Briefly stated, the present invention provides compositions and methods for the diagnosis and therapy of cancer, such as breast cancer. In one aspect, the present invention provides polypeptides comprising at least a portion of a breast tumor protein, or a variant thereof. Certain portions and other variants are immunogenic, such that the ability of the variant to react with antigen-specific antisera is not substantially diminished. Within certain embodiments, the polypeptide comprises a sequence that is encoded by a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of: (a) sequences recited in SEQ ID NO: 1-175, 178, 180, 182-468, 474, 476, 477 479, 484, 486 and 489; (b) variants of a sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 1-175, 178, 180, 182- 468, 474, 476, 477, 479, 484, 486 and 489; and (c) complements of a sequence of (a) or (b). In specific embodiments, the polypeptides of the present invention comprise at least a portion of a tumor protein that includes an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of sequences recited in SEQ ID NO: 176, 179, 181, 469-473, 475, 485, 487 and 488, and variants thereof, | -
The present invention further provides polynucleotides that encode a . polypeptide as described above, or a portion thereof (such as a portion encoding at least : 15 amino acid residues of a breast tumor protein), expression vectors comprising such polynucleotides and host cells transformed or transfected with such expression vectors.
Within other aspects, the present invention provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising a polypeptide or polynucleotide as described above and a physiologically acceptable carrier.
Within a related aspect of the present invention, immunogenic ‘compositions, or vaccines for prophylactic or therapeutic use are provided. Such compositions comprise a polypeptide or polynucleotide as described above and an immunostimulant.
The present invention further provides pharmaceutical compositions that comprise: (a) an antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof that specifically binds to a breast tumor protein; and (b) a physiologically acceptable carrier.
Within further aspects, the present invention provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising: (a) an antigen presenting cell that expresses a polypeptide as i s described above and (b) a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient. Antigen presenting cells include dendritic cells, macrophages, monocytes, fibroblasts and B cells.
Within related aspects, immunogenic compositions, or vaccines, are provided that comprise: (a) an antigen presenting cell that expresses a polypeptide as described above and (b) an immunostimulant.
The present invention further provides, in other aspects, fusion proteins that oo comprise at least one polypeptide as described above, as well as polynucleotides encoding such fusion proteins. Exemplary fusion proteins according to the present invention comprise a first amino acid portion and a second amino acid portion wherein the first amino acid portion includes 9 or more contiguous amino acids from - mammaglobin as depicted by amino acids 1-93 of SEQ ID NO: 493; wherein the second amino acid portion includes 9 or more contiguous amino acids from B726P as depicted by SEQ ID NO: 475, SEQ ID NO: 469, or SEQ ID NO: 176; and wherein the’ _ first amino acid portion is connected to either the amino terminal or carboxy-terminal - end of the second amino acid portion.
Still further embodiments of the present invention provide fusion proteins wherein said first amino acid portion is selected from the group consisting of
IDELKECFLNQTDETLSNVE (amino acids 59-78 of SEQ ID NO: 493);
TTNAIDELKECFLNQ (amino acids 55-69 of SEQ ID NO: 493);
SQHCYAGSGCPLLENVISKTI (amino acids 13-33 of SEQ ID NO: 493);
EYKELLQEFIDDNATTNAID (amino acids 41-60 of SEQ ID NO: 493);
KLLMVLMLA (amino acids 2-10 of SEQ ID NO: 493); QEFIDDNATTNAI (amino acids 47-59 of SEQ ID NO: 493); and LKECFLNQTDETL (amino acids 62-74 of SEQ
ID NO: 493).
Alternative embodiments provide fusion proteins wherein the second amino acid portion includes 9 or more contiguous amino acids encoded by (1) the combined upstream and downstream open reading frame (ORF) of B726P as depicted in SEQ ID NO: 475; (2) the upstream ORF of B726P as depicted in from SEQ ID NO:
469; and (3) the downstream ORF of B726P as depicted in SEQ ID NO: 176. Fusion proteins according to the present invention may also comprise a second amino acid portion that includes 9 or more contiguous amino acids from the amino acid sequence depicted by amino acids 1-129 of SEQ ID NO: 475. Still additional exemplary fusion proteins are depicted herein by SEQ ID NO: 493; SEQ ID NO: 494; and SEQ ID NO: 495.
Fusion proteins are provided wherein the mammaglobin amino acid portion is connected to the amino-terminus of the B726P amino acid portion while other fusion proteins are provided wherein the mammaglobin amino acid portion is connected to the carboxy-terminus of the B726P amino acid portion. The connection between the mammaglobin amino acid portion and the B726P portion may be a covalent bond.
Additionally, a stretch of amino acids either unrelated or related to either mammaglobin and/or B726P may be incorporated between or either amino- or carboxy-terminal to either the mammaglobin and/or B726P amino acid portion.
The present invention also provides isolated polynucleotides that encode any of the fusion proteins that are specifically disclosed herein as well as those fusion proteins that may be accomplished with routine experimentation by the ordinarily skilled artisan.
Within related aspects, pharmaceutical compositions comprising a fusion protein, or a polynucleotide encoding a fusion protein, in combination with a physiologically acceptable carrier are provided.
Compositions are further provided, within other aspects, that comprise a fusion protein, or a polynucleotide encoding a fusion protein, in combination with an immunostimulant.
Within further aspects, the present invention provides methods for inhibiting the development of a cancer in a patient, comprising administering to a patient a composition as recited above. The patient may be afflicted with breast cancer, in which case the methods provide treatment for the disease, or patient considered at risk for such a disease may be treated prophylactically.
The present invention further provides, within other aspects, methods for removing tumor cells from a biological sample, comprising contacting a biological sample with T cells that specifically react with a breast tumor protein, wherein the step of contacting is performed under conditions and for a time sufficient to permit the removal of cells expressing the protein from the sample.
Within related aspects, methods are provided for inhibiting the 5 development of a cancer in a patient, comprising administering to a patient a biological sample treated as described above. + Methods are further provided, within other aspects, for stimulating and/or expanding T cells specific for a breast tumor protein, comprising contacting T cells with one or more of: (i) a polypeptide as described above; (ii) a polynucleotide encoding such a polypeptide; and/or (iii) an antigen presenting cell that expresses such a polypeptide; under conditions and for a time sufficient to permit the stimulation and/or expansion of T cells. Isolated T cell populations comprising T cells prepared as
N described above are also provided. ’ Within further aspects, the present invention provides methods for ° inhibiting the development of a cancer in a patient, comprising administering to a patient an effective amount of a T cell population as described above.
The present invention further provides methods for inhibiting the development of a cancer in a patient, comprising the steps of: (a) incubating CD4t and/or CD8% T cells isolated from a patient with one or more of: (i) a polypeptide comprising at least an immunogenic portion of a breast tumor protein; (ii) a polynucleotide encoding such a polypeptide; and (iii) an antigen-presenting cell that expressed such a polypeptide; and (b) administering to the patient an effective amount of the proliferated T cells, and thereby inhibiting the development of a cancer in the patient. Proliferated cells may, but need not, be cloned prior to administration to the patient.
Within further aspects, the present invention provides methods for determining the presence or absence of a cancer in a patient, comprising: (a) contacting a biological sample obtained from a patient with a binding agent that binds to a polypeptide as recited above; (b) detecting in the sample an amount of polypeptide that binds to the binding agent; and (c) comparing the amount of polypeptide with a predetermined cut-off value, and therefrom determining the presence or absence of a cancer in the patient. Within preferred embodiments, the binding agent is an antibody, more preferably a monoclonal antibody. The cancer may be breast cancer.
The present invention also provides, within other aspects, methods for monitoring the progression of a cancer in a patient. Such methods comprise the steps "5 of: (a) contacting a biological sample obtained from a patient at a first point in time with a binding agent that binds to a polypeptide as recited above; (b) detecting in the sample an amount of polypeptide that binds to the binding agent; (c) repeating steps (a) and (b) using a biological sample obtained from the patient at a subsequent point in time; and (d) comparing the amount of polypeptide detected in step (c) with the amount detected in step (b) and therefrom monitoring the progression of the cancer in the patient.
The present invention further provides, within other aspects, methods for determining the presence or absence of a cancer in a patient, comprising the steps of: (a) contacting a biological sample obtained from a patient with an oligonucleotide that hybridizes to a polynucleotide that encodes a breast tumor protein; (b) detecting in the sample a level of a polynucleotide, preferably mRNA, that hybridizes to the oligonucleotide; and (c) comparing the level of polynucleotide that hybridizes to the oligonucleotide with a predetermined cut-off value, and therefrom determining the presence or absence of a cancer in the patient. Within certain embodiments, the amount of mRNA is detected via polymerase chain reaction using, for example, at least one oligonucleotide primer that hybridizes to a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide as recited above, or a complement of such a polynucleotide. Within other embodiments, the amount of mRNA is detected using a hybridization technique, employing an oligonucleotide probe that hybridizes to a polynucleotide that encodes a polypeptide as recited above, or a complement of such a polynucleotide.
In related aspects, methods are provided for monitoring the progression of a cancer in a patient, comprising the steps of: (a) contacting a biological sample obtained from a patient with an oligonucleotide that hybridizes to a polynucleotide that encodes a breast tumor protein; (b) detecting in the sample an amount of a polynucleotide that hybridizes to the oligonucleotide; (c) repeating steps (a) and (b) using a biological sample obtained from the patient at a subsequent point in time; and
(d) comparing the amount of polynucleotide detected in step (c) with the amount detected in step (b) and therefrom monitoring the progression of: the cancer in the patient.
Within further aspects, the present invention provides antibodies, such as monoclonal antibodies, that bind to a polypeptide as described above, as well as diagnostic kits comprising such antibodies. Diagnostic kits comprising one or more oligonucleotide probes or primers as described above are also provided.
These and other aspects of the present invention will become apparent upon reference to the following detailed description and attached drawings. All references disclosed herein are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety as if each was incorporated individually.
: Fig. 1 shows the results of a Northern blot of the clone SYN18C6 (SEQ - ID NO: 40). TE : AE,
SEQ ID NO: 1 is the determined cDNA sequence of JBT2.
SEQ ID NO: 2 is the determined cDNA sequence of JBT6. : SEQ ID NO: 3 is the determined cDNA sequence of JBT7. : SEQ ID NO: 4 is the determined cDNA sequence of JBT10.
SEQ ID NO: 5 is the determined cDNA sequence of JBT13.
SEQ ID NO: 6 is the determined cDNA sequence of JBT14.
SEQ ID NO: 7 is the determined cDNA sequence of JBT15.
SEQ ID NO: 8 is the determined cDNA sequence of JBT16.
SEQ ID NO: 9 is the determined cDNA sequence of JBT17.
SEQ ID NO: 10 is the determined cDNA sequence of JBT22.
SEQ ID NO: 11 is the determined cDNA sequence of JBT25.
SEQ ID NO: 12 is the determined cDNA sequence of JBT28.
SEQ ID NO: 13 is the determined cDNA sequence of JBT32.
SEQ ID NO: 14 is the determined cDNA sequence of JBT33.
SEQ ID NO: 15 is the determined cDNA sequence of JBT34.
SEQ ID NO: 16 is the determined cDNA sequence of JBT36.
SEQ ID NO: 17 is the determined cDNA sequence of JBT37.
SEQ ID NO: 18 is the determined cDNA sequence of JBTS1.
SEQ ID NO: 19 is the determined cDNA sequence of JBTT1.
SEQ ID NO: 20 is the determined cDNA sequence of JBTT7.
SEQ ID NO: 21 is the determined cDNA sequence of JBTT11.
SEQ ID NO: 22 is the determined cDNA sequence of JBTT14.
SEQ ID NO: 23 is the determined cDNA sequence of JBTT18.
SEQ ID NO: 24 is the determined cDNA sequence of JBTT19.
SEQ ID NO: 25 is the determined cDNA sequence of JBTT20.
SEQ ID NO: 26 is the determined cDNA sequence of JBTT21.
SEQ ID NO: 27 is the determined cDNA sequence of JBTT22.
SEQ ID NO: 28 is the determined cDNA sequence of JBTT28.
SEQ ID NO: 29 is the determined cDNA sequence of JBTT29.
SEQ ID NO: 30 is the determined cDNA sequence of JBTT33.
SEQ ID NO: 31 is the determined cDNA sequence of JBTT37. :
SEQ ID NO: 32 is the determined cDNA sequence of JBTT38. g
SEQ ID NO: 33 is the determined cDNA sequence of JBTT47. :
SEQ ID NO: 34 is the determined cDNA sequence of JBTT48. \
SEQ ID NO: 35 is the determined cDNA sequence of JBTT50.
SEQ ID NO: 36 is the determined cDNA sequence of IBTT51.
SEQ ID NO: 37 is the determined cDNA sequence of JBTT52.
SEQ ID NO: 38 is the determined cDNA sequence of JBTT54.
SEQ ID NO: 39 is the determined cDNA sequence of SYN17F4.
SEQ ID NO: 40 is the determined cDNA sequence of SYN18C6 (also known as B709P).
SEQ ID NO: 41 is the determined cDNA sequence of SYN19A2.
SEQ ID NO: 42 is the determined cDNA sequence of SYN19C83.
SEQ ID NO: 43 is the determined cDNA sequence of SYN20A12.
SEQ ID NO: 44 is the determined cDNA sequence of SYN20G6.
SEQ ID NO: 45 is the determined cDNA sequence of SYN20G6-2.
SEQ ID NO: 46 is the determined cDNA sequence of SYN21B9.
SEQ ID NO: 47 is the determined cDNA sequence of SYN21B9-2.
SEQ ID NO: 48 is the determined cDNA sequence of SYN21C10. : SEQ ID NO: 49 is the determined cDNA sequence of SYN21G10.
SEQ ID NO: 50 is the determined cDNA sequence of SYN21G10-2. + SEQ ID NO: 51 is the determined cDNA sequence of SYN21G11.
SEQ ID NO: 52 is the determined cDNA sequence of SYN21G11-2.
SEQ ID NO: 53 is the determined cDNA sequence of SYN21HS.
SEQ ID NO: 54 is the determined cDNA sequence of SYN22A10.
SEQ ID NO: 55 is the determined cDNA sequence of SYN22A10-2.
SEQ ID NO: 56 is the determined cDNA sequence of SYN22A12.
SEQ ID NO: 57 is the determined cDNA sequence of SYN22A2.
SEQ ID NO: 58 is the determined cDNA sequence of SYN22B4. : SEQ ID NO: 59 is the determined cDNA sequence of SYN22C2.
SEQ ID NO: 60 is the determined cDNA sequence of SYN22E10.
SEQ ID NO: 61 is the determined cDNA ‘sequence of SYN22F2. =
SEQ ID NO: 62 is a predicted amino acid sequence for SYN18C6 (also known as B709P). " SEQ ID NO: 63 is the determined cDNA. sequence of B723P.
SEQ ID NO: 64 is the determined cDNA sequence for B724P.
SEQ ID NO: 65 is the determined cDNA. sequence of B770P.
SEQ ID NO: 66 is the determined cDNA sequence of B716P.
SEQ ID NO: 67 is the determined cDNA sequence of B725P.
SEQ ID NO: 68 is the determined cDNA sequence of B717P.
SEQ ID NO: 69 is the determined cDNA sequence of B771P.
SEQ ID NO: 70 is the determined cDNA sequence of B722P.
SEQ ID NO: 71 is the determined cDNA sequence of B726P.
SEQ ID NO: 72 is the determined cDNA sequence of B727P.
SEQ ID NO: 73 is the determined cDNA sequence of B728P.
SEQ ID NO: 74-87 are the determined cDNA sequences of isolated clones which show homology to known sequences.
SEQ ID NO: 88 is the determined cDNA sequence of 13053.
SEQ ID NO: 89 is the determined cDNA sequence of 13057. : SEQ ID NO: 90 is the determined cDNA sequence of 13059. : SEQ ID NO: 91 is the determined cDNA sequence of 13065.
SEQ ID NO: 92 is the determined cDNA sequence of 13067.
SEQ ID NO: 93 is the determined cDNA sequence of 13068.
SEQ ID NO: 94 is the determined cDNA sequence of 13071.
SEQ ID NO: 95 is the determined cDNA sequence of 13072.
SEQ ID NO: 96 is the determined cDNA sequence of 13073.
SEQ ID NO: 97 is the determined cDNA sequence of 13075.
SEQ ID NO: 98 is the determined cDNA sequence of 13078.
SEQ ID NO: 99 is the determined cDNA sequence of 13079.
SEQ ID NO: 100 is the determined cDNA sequence of 13081.
SEQ ID NO: 101 is the determined cDNA. sequence of 13082.
SEQ ID NO: 102 is the determined cDNA sequence of 13092.
SEQ ID NO: 103 is the determined cDNA sequence of 13097.
SEQ ID NO: 104 is the determined cDNA sequence of 13101.
SEQ ID NO: 105 is the determined cDNA sequence of 13102.
SEQ ID NO: 106 is the determined cDNA sequence of 13119.
SEQ ID NO: 107 is the determined cDNA sequence of 13131.
SEQ ID NO: 108 is the determined cDNA sequence of 13133.
SEQ ID NO: 109 is the determined cDNA sequence of 13135.
SEQ ID NO: 110 is the determined cDNA sequence of 131309.
SEQ ID NO: 111 is the determined cDNA sequence of 13140.
SEQ ID NO: 112 is the determined cDNA sequence of 13146.
SEQ ID NO: 113 is the determined cDNA sequence of 13147.
SEQ ID NO: 114 is the determined cDNA sequence of 13148.
SEQ ID NO: 115 is the determined cDNA sequence of 13149.
SEQ ID NO: 116 is the determined cDNA sequence of 13151.
SEQ ID NO: 117 is the determined cDNA sequence of 13051
SEQ ID NO: 118 is the determined cDNA sequence of 13052
SEQ ID NO: 119 is the determined cDNA sequence of 13055
SEQ ID NO: 120 is the determined cDNA sequence of 13058
SEQ ID NO: 121 is the determined cDNA sequence of 13062
SEQ ID NO: 122 is the determined cDNA sequence of 13064
SEQ ID NO: 123 is the determined cDNA. sequence of 13080
SEQ ID NO: 124 is the determined cDNA sequence of 13093
SEQ ID NO: 125 is the determined cDNA sequence of 13094
SEQ ID NO: 126 is the determined cDNA sequence of 13095
SEQ ID NO: 127 is the determined cDNA sequence of 13096
SEQ ID NO: 128 is the determined cDNA. sequence of 13099
SEQ ID NO: 129 is the determined cDNA sequence of 13100
SEQ ID NO: 130 is the determined cDNA sequence of 13103 oo SEQ ID NO: 131 is the determined cDNA sequence of 13106
SEQ ID NO: 132 is the determined cDNA sequence of 13107
SEQ ID NO: 133 is the determined cDNA sequence of 13108
SEQ ID NO: 134 is the determined cDNA sequence of 13121 - SEQ ID NO: 135 is the determined cDNA sequence of 13126
SEQ ID NO: 136 is the determined cDNA sequence of 13129 Co : SEQ ID NO: 137 is the determined cDNA sequence of 13130 . : SEQ ID NO: 138 is the determined cDNA sequence of 13134 ~ SEQ ID NO: 139 is the determined cDNA sequence of 13141 S
SEQ ID NO: 140 is the determined cDNA sequence of 13142
SEQ ID NO: 141 is the determined cDNA sequence of 14376
SEQ ID NO: 142 is the determined cDNA sequence of 14377
SEQ ID NO: 143 is the determined cDNA sequence of 14383
SEQ ID NO: 144 is the determined cDNA sequence of 14384
SEQ ID NO: 145 is the determined cDNA sequence of 14387
SEQ D NO: 146 is the determined cDNA sequence of 14392
SEQID NO: 147 is the determined cDNA sequence of 14394
SEQ ID NO: 148 is the determined cDNA sequence of 14398
SEQ ID NO: 149 is the determined cDNA sequence of 14401
SEQ ID NO: 150 is the determined cDNA sequence of 14402
SEQ ID NO: 151 is the determined cDNA sequence of 14405
SEQ ID NO: 152 is the determined cDNA sequence of 14409
SEQ ID NO: 153 is the determined cDNA sequence of 14412
Cn
SEQ ID NO: 154 is the determined cDNA sequence of 14414
SEQ ID NO: 155 is the determined cDNA sequence of 14415
SEQ ID NO: 156 is the determined cDNA sequence of 14416
SEQ ID NO: 157 is the determined cDNA sequence of 14419
SEQ ID NO: 158 is the determined cDNA sequence of 14426
SEQ ID NO: 159 is the determined cDNA sequence of 14427
SEQ ID NO: 160 is the determined cDNA sequence of 14375
SEQ ID NO: 161 is the determined cDNA sequence of 14378
SEQ ID NO: 162 is the determined cDNA sequence of 14379
SEQ ID NO: 163 is the determined cDNA sequence of 14380
SEQ ID NO: 164 is the determined cDNA. sequence of 14381
SEQ ID NO: 165 is the determined cDNA sequence of 14382
SEQ ID NO: 166 is the determined cDNA sequence of 14388
SEQ ID NO: 167 is the determined cDNA sequence of 14399
SEQ ID NO: 168 is the determined cDNA sequence of 14406
SEQ ID NO: 169 is the determined cDNA sequence of 14407
SEQ ID NO: 170 is the determined cDNA sequence of 14408 B
SEQ ID NO: 171 is the determined cDNA sequence of 14417
SEQ ID NO: 172 is the determined cDNA sequence of 14418
SEQ ID NO: 173 is the determined cDNA sequence of 14423
SEQ ID NO: 174 is the determined cDNA sequence of 14424
SEQ ID NO: 175 is the determined cDNA sequence of B726P-20
SEQ ID NO: 176 is the predicted amino acid sequence of B726P-20
SEQ ID NO: 177 is a PCR primer | SEQ ID NO: 178 is the determined cDNA sequence of B726P-74
SEQ ID NO: 179 is the predicted amino acid sequence of B726P-74
SEQ ID NO: 180 is the determined cDNA sequence of B726P-79
SEQ ID NO: 181 is the predicted amino acid sequence of B726P-79
SEQ ID NO: 182 is the determined cDNA sequence of 19439.1, showing homology to the mammaglobin gene
SEQ ID NO: 183 is the determined cDNA sequence of 19407.1, showing homology to the human keratin gene
SEQ ID NO: 184 is the determined cDNA sequence of 19428.1, showing homology to human chromosome 17 clone
SEQ ID NO: 185 is the determined cDNA sequence of B8OSP (19408), showing no significant homology to any known gene
SEQ ID NO: 186 is the determined cDNA sequence of 19460.1, showing no significant homology to any known gene
SEQ ID NO: 187 is the determined cDNA sequence of 19419.1, showing homology to Ig kappa light chain
SEQ ID NO: 188 is the determined cDNA sequence of 19411.1, showing homology to human alpha-1 collagen
SEQ ID NO: 189 is the determined cDNA sequence of 19420.1, showing homology to mus musculus proteinase-3
SEQ ID NO: 190 is the determined cDNA sequence of 19432.1, showing homology to human high motility group box : SEQ ID NO: 191 is the determined cDNA sequence of 19412.1, showing homology to the human plasminogen activator gene ~~ °° ‘ SEQ ID NO: 192 is the determined cDNA sequence of 19415.1, showing : homology to mitogen activated protein kinase - SEQ ID NO: 193 is the determined cDNA sequence of 19409.1, showing homology to the chondroitin sulfate proteoglycan protein .
SEQ ID NO: 194 is the determined cDNA sequence of 19406.1, showing no significant homology to any known gene
SEQ ID NO: 195 is the determined cDNA sequence of 19421.1, showing homology to human fibronectin
SEQ ID NO: 196 is the determined cDNA sequence of 19426.1, showing homology to the retinoic acid receptor responder 3
SEQ ID NO: 197 is the determined cDNA sequence of 19425.1, showing homology to MyD88 mRNA
SEQ ID NO: 198 is the determined cDNA sequence of 19424.1, showing homology to peptide transporter (TAP-1) mRNA
SEQ ID NO: 199 is the determined cDNA sequence of 19429.1, showing no significant homology to any known gene
SEQ ID NO: 200 is the determined cDNA sequence of 19435.1, showing homology to human polymorphic epithelial mucin
SEQ ID NO: 201 is the determined cDNA sequence of B$13P (19434.1), showing homology to human GATA-3 transcription factor
SEQ ID NO: 202 is the determined cDNA sequence of 19461.1, showing homology to the human AP-2 gene
SEQ ID NO: 203 is the determined cDNA sequence of 19450.1, showing : homology to DNA binding regulatory factor
SEQ ID NO: 204 is the determined cDNA sequence of 19451.1, showing homology to Na/H exchange regulatory co-factor
SEQ ID NO: 205 is the determined cDNA sequence of 19462.1, showing no significant homology to any known gene
SEQ ID NO: 206 is the determined cDNA sequence of 19455.1, showing homology to human mRNA for histone HAS.Z
SEQ ID NO: 207 is the determined cDNA sequence of 19459.1, showing homology to PAC clone 179N16
SEQ ID NO: 208 is the determined cDNA sequence of 19464.1, showing no significant homology to any known gene
SEQ ID NO: 209 is the determined cDNA sequence of 19414.1, showing homology to lipophilin B
SEQ ID NO: 210 is the determined cDNA sequence of 19413.1, showing homology to chromosome 17 clone hRPK.209 J 20
SEQ ID NO: 211 is the determined cDNA sequence of 19416.1, showing no significant homology to any known gene
SEQ ID NO: 212 is the determined cDNA sequence of 19437.1, showing homology to human clone 24976 mRNA
SEQ ID NO: 213 is the determined cDNA sequence of 19449.1, showing homology to mouse DNA for PG-M core protein
SEQ ID NO: 214 is the determined cDNA sequence of 19446.1, showing no significant homology to any known gene
SEQ ID NO: 215 is the determined cDNA sequence of 19452.1, showing no significant homology to any known gene
SEQ ID NO: 216 is the determined cDNA sequence of 19483.1, showing no significant homology to any known gene -
SEQ ID NO: 217 is the determined cDNA sequence of 19526.1, showing homology to human lipophilin C
SEQ ID NO: 218 is the determined cDNA sequence of 19484.1, showing homology to the secreted cement gland protein XAG-2
SEQ ID NO: 219 is the determined cDNA sequence of 19470.1, showing no significant homology to any known gene
SEQ ID NO: 220 is the determined cDNA sequence of 19469.1, showing homology to the human HLA-DM gene
SEQ ID NO: 221 is the determined cDNA sequence of 19482.1, showing homology to the human pS2 protein gene . . SEQ ID NO: 222 is the determined cDNA sequence of B805P (19468.1), showing no significant homology to any known gene
I SEQ ID NO: 223 is the determined cDNA sequence of 19467.1, showing : homology to human thrombospondin mRNA :
SEQ ID NO: 224 is the determined cDNA sequence of 19498.1, showing homology to the CDC2 gene involved in cell cycle control . SEQ ID NO: 225 is the determined cDNA sequence of 19506.1, showing homology to human cDNA for TREB protein
SEQ ID NO: 226 is the determined cDNA sequence of B806P (19505.1), showing no significant homology to any known gene
SEQ ID NO: 227 is the determined cDNA sequence of 19486.1, showing homology to type I epidermal keratin
SEQ ID NO: 228 is the determined cDNA sequence of 19510.1, showing homology to glucose transporter for glycoprotein
SEQ ID NO: 229 is the determined cDNA sequence of 19512.1, showing homology to the human lysyl hydroxylase gene
SEQ ID NO: 230 is the determined cDNA sequence of 19511.1, showing homology to human palimotoyl-protein thioesterase
SEQ ID NO: 231 is the determined cDNA sequence of 19508.1, showing homology to human alpha enolase
SEQ ID NO: 232 is the determined cDNA sequence of BSO7P (19509.1), showing no significant homology to any known gene
SEQ ID NO: 233 is the determined cDNA sequence of B809P (19520.1), showing homology to clone 102D24 on chromosome 11q13.31
SEQ ID NO: 234 is the determined cDNA sequence of 19507.1, showing homology toprosome beta-subunit
SEQ ID NO: 235 is the determined cDNA sequence of 19525.1, showing homology to human pro-urokinase precursor
SEQ ID NO: 236 is the determined cDNA sequence of 19513.1, showing no significant homology to any known gene
SEQ ID NO: 237 is the determined cDNA sequence of 19517.1, showing homology to human PAC 128M19 clone
SEQ ID NO: 238 is the determined cDNA sequence of 19564.1, showing homology to human cytochrome P450-1IB
SEQ ID NO: 239 is the determined cDNA sequence of 19553.1, showing homology to human GABA-A receptor pi subunit
SEQ ID NO: 240 is the determined cDNA sequence of B811P (19575.1), showing no significant homology to any known. gene
SEQ ID NO: 241 is the determined cDNA sequence of B§10P (19560.1), showing no significant homology to any known gene
SEQ ID NO: 242 is the determined cDNA sequence of 19588.1, showing homology to aortic carboxypetidase-like protein
SEQ ID NO: 243 is the determined cDNA sequence of 19551.1, showing homology to human BCL-1 gene
SEQ ID NO: 244 is the determined cDNA sequence of 19567.1, showing homology to human proteasome-related mRNA
SEQ ID NO: 245 is the determined cDNA sequence of B803P (19583.1), showing no significant homology to any known gene
SEQ ID NO: 246 is the determined cDNA sequence of B812P (19587.1), showing no significant homology to any known gene
SEQ ID NO: 247 is the determined cDNA sequence of B802P (19392.2), showing homology to human chromosome 17
SEQ ID NO: 248 is the determined cDNA sequence of 19393.2, showing homology to human nicein B2 chain
SEQ ID NO: 249 is the determined cDNA sequence of 19398.2, human
MHC class I1 DQ alpha mRNA
SEQ ID NO: 250 is the determined cDNA sequence of B804P (19399.2), . showing homology to human Xp22 BAC GSHB-184P14
SEQ ID NO: 251 is the determined cDNA sequence of 19401.2, showing homology to human ikB kinase-b gene : SEQ ID NO: 252 is the determined cDNA sequence of 20266, showing no significant homology to any known gene : SEQ ID NO: 253 is the determined cDNA sequence of B826P (20270), showing no significant homology to any known gene . SEQ ID NO: 254 is the determined cDNA sequence of 20274, showing no significant homology to any known gene 15 . SEQ ID NO: 255 is the determined cDNA sequence of 20276, showing no significant homology to any known gene Co : SEQ ID NO: 256 is the determined cDNA sequence of 20277, showing no significant homology to any known gene i SEQ ID NO: 257 is the determined cDNA sequence of B823P (20280), showing no significant homology to any known gene :
SEQ ID NO: 258 is the determined cDNA sequence of B821P (20281), showing no significant homology to any known gene :
SEQ ID NO: 259 is the determined cDNA sequence of B8§24P (20294), showing no significant homology to any known gene
SEQ ID NO: 260 is the determined cDNA sequence of 20303, showing no significant homology to any known gene :
SEQ ID NO: 261 is the determined cDNA sequence of B820P (20310), showing no significant homology to any known gene
SEQ ID NO: 262 is the determined cDNA sequence of B825P (20336), showing 10 significant homology to any known gene :
SEQ ID NO: 263 is the determined cDNA sequence of B827P (20341), showing no significant homology to any known gene
SEQ ID NO: 264 is the determined cDNA sequence of 20941, showing no significant homology to any known gene
SEQ ID NO: 265 is the determined cDNA sequence of 20954, showing no significant homology to any known gene
SEQ ID NO: 266 is the determined cDNA sequence of 20961, showing no significant homology to any known gene
SEQ ID NO: 267 is the determined ¢DNA sequence of 20965, showing no significant homology to any known gene
SEQ ID NO: 268 is the determined cDNA sequence of 20975, showing no significant homology to any known gene
SEQ ID NO: 269 is the determined cDNA. sequence of 20261, showing homology to Human p120 catenin
SEQ ID NO: 270 is the determined cDNA sequence of B822P (20262), showing homology to Human membrane glycoprotein 4F2
SEQ ID NO: 271 is the determined cDNA. sequence of 20265, showing homology to Human Na, K-ATPase Alpha 1
SEQ ID NO: 272 is the determined cDNA sequence of 20267, showing homology to Human heart HS 90, partial cds
SEQ ID NO: 273 is the determined cDNA sequence of 20268, showing homology to Human mRNA GPI-anchored protein p137
SEQ ID NO: 274 is the determined cDNA sequence of 20271, showing homology to Human cleavage stimulation factor 77 kDa subunit
SEQ ID NO: 275 is the determined cDNA sequence of 20272, showing homology to Human p190-B :
SEQ ID NO: 276 is the determined cDNA sequence of 20273, showing homology to Human ribophorin
SEQ ID NO: 277 is the determined cDNA sequence of 20278, showing homology to Human ornithine amino transferase
SEQ ID NO: 278 is the determined cDNA sequence of 20279, showing homology to Human S-adenosylmethionine synthetase
SEQ ID NO: 279 is the determined cDNA sequence of 20293, showing homology to Human x inactivation transcript
SEQ ID NO: 280 is the determined cDNA sequence of 20300, showing homology to Human cytochrome p450
SEQ ID NO: 281 is the determined cDNA sequence of 20305, showing homology to Human elongation factor-1 alpha : 3 SEQ ID NO: 282 is the determined cDNA sequence of 20306, showing homology to Human epithelial ets protein
SEQ ID NO: 283 is the determined cDNA sequence of 20307, showing homology to Human signal transducer mRNA
SEQ ID NO: 284 is the determined cDNA sequence of 20313, showing homology to Human GABA-A receptor pi subunit mRNA :
SEQ ID NO: 285 is the determined cDNA sequence of 20317, showing homology to Human tyrosine phosphatase . SEQ ID NO: 286 is the determined cDNA sequence of 20318, showing i homology to Human cathepsine B proteinase : 3 15 SEQ ID NO: 287 is the determined cDNA sequence of 20320, showing homology to Human 2-phosphopyruvate-hydratase-alpha-enolase .
SEQ ID NO: 288 is the determined cDNA sequence of 20321, showing homology to Human E-cadherin - SEQ ID NO: 289 is the determined cDNA sequence of 20322, showing homology to Human hsp86
SEQ ID NO: 290 is the determined cDNA sequence of B828P (20326), showing homology to Human x inactivation transcript
SEQ ID NO: 291 is the determined cDNA sequence of 20333, showing homology to Human chromatin regulator, SMARCAS
SEQ ID NO: 292 is the determined cDNA sequence of 20335, showing homology to Human sphingolipid activator protein 1
SEQ ID NO: 293 is the determined cDNA sequence of 20337, showing homology to Human hepatocyte growth factor activator inhibitor type 2
SEQ ID NO: 294 is the determined cDNA sequence of 20338, showing homology to Human cell adhesion molecule CD44
SEQ ID NO: 295 is the determined cDNA sequence of 20340, showing homology to Human nuclear factor (erythroid-derived)-like 1
SEQ ID NO: 296 is the determined cDNA sequence of 20938, showing homology to Human vinculin mRNA
SEQ ID NO: 297 is the determined cDNA sequence of 20939, showing homology to Human elongation factor EF-1-alpha
SEQ ID NO: 298 is the determined cDNA sequence of 20940, showing homology to Human nestin gene
SEQ ID NO: 299 is the determined cDNA sequence of 20942, showing - homology to Human pancreatic ribonuclease
SEQ ID NO: 300 is the determined cDNA sequence of 20943, showing "10 homology to Human transcobalamin I
SEQ ID NO: 301 is the determined cDNA sequence of 20944, showing homology to Human beta-tubulin
SEQ ID NO: 302 is the determined cDNA sequence of 20946, showing homology to Human HS1 protein
SEQ ID NO: 303 is the determined cDNA sequence of 20947, showing homology to Human cathepsin B
SEQ ID NO: 304 is the determined cDNA sequence of 20948, showing homology to Human testis enhanced gene transcript
SEQ ID NO: 305 is the determined cDNA sequence of 20949, showing homology to Human elongation factor EF-1-alpha
SEQ ID NO: 306 is the determined cDNA sequence of 20950, showing homology to Human ADP-ribosylation factor 3
SEQ ID NO: 307 is the determined cDNA sequence of 20951, showing homology to Human IFP53 or WRS for tryptophanyl-tRNA synthetase
SEQ ID NO: 308 is the determined cDNA sequence of 20952, showing homology to Human cyclin-dependent protein kinase
SEQ ID NO: 309 is the determined cDNA sequence of 20957, showing homology to Human alpha-tubulin isoform 1
SEQ ID NO: 310 is the determined cDNA sequence of 20959, showing homology to Human tyrosine phosphatase-61bp deletion
SEQ ID NO: 311 is the determined cDNA sequence of 20966, showing homology to Human tyrosine phosphatase
SEQ ID NO: 312 is the determined cDNA sequence of B830P (20976), "showing homology to Human nuclear factor NF 45
SEQ ID NO: 313 is the determined cDNA sequence of B829P (20977), showing homology to Human delta-6 fatty acid desaturase
SEQ ID NO: 314 is the determined cDNA sequence of 20978, showing homology to Human nuclear aconitase
SEQ ID NO: 315 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23176.
SEQ ID NO: 316 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23140.
SEQ ID NO: 317 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23166.
SEQ ID NO: 318 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23167.
SEQ ID NO: 319 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23177.
SEQ ID NO: 320 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23217. : SEQ ID NO: 321 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 231609.
SEQ ID NO: 322 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23160.
SEQ ID NO: 323 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23182.
SEQ ID NO: 324 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23232.
SEQ ID NO: 325 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23203.
SEQ ID NO: 326 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23198.
SEQ ID NO: 327 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23224.
SEQ ID NO: 328 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23142.
SEQ ID NO: 329 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23138.
SEQ ID NO: 330 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23147.
SEQ ID NO: 331 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23148.
SEQ ID NO: 332 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23149.
SEQ ID NO: 333 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23172.
SEQ ID NO: 334 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23158.
SEQ ID NO: 335 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23156.
SEQ ID NO: 336 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23221.
SEQ ID NO: 337 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23223.
SEQ ID NO: 338 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23155.
SEQ ID NO: 339 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23225.
SEQ ID NO: 340 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23226.
SEQ ID NO: 341 is the determined ¢cDNA sequence of clone 23228.
SEQ ID NO: 342 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23229.
SEQ ID NO: 343 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23231.
SEQ ID NO: 344 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23154.
SEQ ID NO: 345 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23157.
SEQ ID NO: 346 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23153.
SEQ ID NO: 347 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23159.
SEQ ID NO: 348 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23152.
SEQ ID NO: 349 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23161.
SEQ ID NO: 350 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23162.
SEQ ID NO: 351 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23163.
SEQ ID NO: 352 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23164.
SEQ ID NO: 353 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23165.
SEQ ID NO: 354 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23151.
SEQ ID NO: 355 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23150.
SEQ ID NO: 356 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23168.
SEQ ID NO: 357 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23146.
SEQ ID NO: 358 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23170.
SEQ ID NO: 359 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23171.
SEQ ID NO: 360 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23145.
SEQ ID NO: 361 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23174.
SEQ ID NO: 362 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23175.
SEQ ID NO: 363 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23144.
SEQ ID NO: 364 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23178.
SEQ ID NO: 365 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23179.
SEQ ID NO: 366 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23180.
SEQ ID NO: 367 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23181.
SEQ ID NO: 368 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23143
SEQ ID NO: 369 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23183.
SEQ ID NO: 370 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23184.
SEQ ID NO: 371 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23185.
SEQ ID NO: 372 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23186.
SEQ ID NO: 373 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23187.
SEQ ID NO: 374 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23190.
SEQ ID NO: 375 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23189.
SEQ ID NO: 376 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23202.
SEQ ID NO: 378 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23191.
SEQ ID NO: 379 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23188.
SEQ ID NO: 380 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23194.
SEQ ID NO: 381 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23196.
SEQ ID NO: 382 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23195.
SEQ ID NO: 383 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23193.
SEQ ID NO: 384 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23199.
SEQ ID NO: 385 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23200.
SEQ ID NO: 386 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23192.
SEQ ID NO: 387 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23201. . SEQ ID NO: 388 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23141. ct SEQ ID NO: 389 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23139. - SEQ ID NO: 390 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23204.
SE SEQ ID NO: 391 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23205.
SEQ ID NO: 392 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23206.
SEQ ID NO: 393 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23207. . SEQ ID NO: 394 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23208.
SEQ ID NO: 395 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23209.
SEQ ID NO: 396 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23210.
SEQ ID NO: 397 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23211. .
SEQ ID NO: 398 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23212.
SEQ ID NO: 399 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23214.
SEQ ID NO: 400 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23215.
SEQ ID NO: 401 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23216.
SEQ ID NO: 402 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23137.
SEQ ID NO: 403 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23218.
SEQ ID NO: 404 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 23220.
SEQ ID NO: 405 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 19462.
SEQ ID NO: 406 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 19430.
SEQ ID NO: 407 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 19407.
SEQ ID NO: 408 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 19448.
SEQ ID NO: 409 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 19447.
SEQ ID NO: 410 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 19426.
SEQ ID NO: 411 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 19441.
SEQ ID NO: 412 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 19454.
SEQ ID NO: 413 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 19463.
SEQ ID NO: 414 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 19419.
SEQ ID NO: 415 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 19434,
SEQ ID NO: 416 is the determined extended cDNA sequence of B820P.
SEQ ID NO: 417 is the determined extended cDNA sequence of B§21P.
SEQ ID NO: 418 is the determined extended cDNA sequence of B822P.
SEQ ID NO: 419 is the determined extended cDNA sequence of B823P.
SEQ ID NO: 420 is the determined extended cDNA sequence of B824P.
SEQ ID NO: 421 is the determined extended cDNA sequence of B825P.
SEQ ID NO: 422 is the determined extended cDNA. sequence of B826P.
SEQ ID NO: 423 is the determined extended cDNA sequence of B827P.
SEQ ID NO: 424 is the determined extended cDNA sequence of B828P.
SEQ ID NO: 425 is the determined extended cDNA sequence of B829P.
SEQ ID NO: 426 is the determined extended cDNA sequence of B830P.
SEQ ID NO: 427 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 266B4.
SEQ ID NO: 428 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 22892.
SEQ ID NO: 429 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 266G3.
SEQ ID NO: 430 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 22890. } SEQ ID NO: 431 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 264B4.
SEQ ID NO: 432 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 22883.
SEQ ID NO: 433 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 22882.
SEQ ID NO: 434 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 22880.
SEQ ID NO: 435 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 263G1.
SEQ ID NO: 436 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 263G6.
SEQ ID NO: 437 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 262B2. 0 SEQ ID NO: 438 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 262B6.
SEQ ID NO: 439 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 22869.
SEQ ID NO: 440 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 21374.
SEQ ID NO: 441 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 21362.
SEQ ID NO: 442 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 21349.
SEQ ID NO: 443 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 21309. ~ SEQ ID NO: 444 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 21097.
SEQ ID NO: 445 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 21096.
SEQ ID NO: 446 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 21094.
SEQ ID NO: 447 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 21093. oo SEQ ID NO: 448 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 21091.
SEQ ID NO: 449 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 21089.
SEQ ID NO: 450 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 21087.
C10 SEQ ID NO: 451 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 21085.
SEQ ID NO: 452 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 21084.
SEQ ID NO: 453 is a first partial cDNA sequence of clone 2BT1-40.
SEQ ID NO: 454 is a second partial cDNA sequence of clone 2BT1-40. ; SEQ ID NO: 455 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 21063.
E 15 + SEQ ID NO: 456 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 21062. . © + SEQID NO: 457 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 21060.
SEQ ID NO: 458 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 21053. - SEQ ID NO: 459 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 21050. % oy SEQ ID NO: 460 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 21036.
SEQ ID NO: 461 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 21037.
SEQ ID NO: 462 is the determined cDNA sequence of clone 21048.
SEQ ID NO: 463 is a consensus DNA sequence of B726P (referred to as
B726P-spliced_seq B726P).
SEQ ID NO: 464 is the determined cDNA sequence of a second splice form of B726P (referred to as 27490.seq_B726P). oo SEQ ID NO: 465 is the determined cDNA sequence of a third splice form of B726P (referred to as 27068.seq_B726P). .
SEQ ID NO: 466 is the determined cDNA sequence of a second splice form of B726P (referred to as 23113.seq_B726P).
SEQ ID NO: 467 is the determined cDNA sequence of a second splice form of B726P (referred to as 23103.seq_B726P).
SEQ ID NO: 468 is the determined cDNA sequence of a second splice form of B726P (referred to as 19310.seq_B726P).
SEQ ID NO: 469 is the predicted amino acid sequence encoded by the upstream ORF of SEQ ID NO: 463.
SEQ ID NO: 470 is the predicted amino acid sequence encoded by SEQ
ID NO: 464.
SEQ ID NO: 471 is the predicted amino acid sequence encoded by SEQ
ID NO: 465.
SEQ ID NO: 472 is the predicted amino acid sequence encoded by SEQ
ID NO: 466.
SEQ ID NO: 473 is the predicted amino acid sequence encoded by SEQ
IDNO:467.
SEQ ID NO: 474 is the determined cDNA sequence for an alternative splice form of B726P.
SEQ ID NO: 475 is the amino acid sequence encoded by SEQ ID NO: 474.
SEQ ID NO: 476 is the isolated cDNA sequence of B720P.
SEQ ID NO: 477 is the cDNA sequence of a known keratin gene.
SEQ ID NO: 478 is the amino acid sequence encoded by SEQ ID NO: 477.
SEQ ID NO: 479 is the determined cDNA. sequence for clone 19465.
SEQ ID NO: 480 and 481 are PCR primers.
SEQ ID NO: 482 is the cDNA sequence for the expressed downstream
ORF of B726P.
SEQ ID NO: 483 is the amino acid sequence for the expressed recombinant downstream ORF of B726P.
SEQ ID NO: 484 is the determined full-length cDNA sequence for
B720P.
SEQ ID NO: 485 is the amino acid sequence encoded by SEQ ID NO: 484.
SEQ ID NO: 486 is the determined cDNA sequence of a truncated form of B720P, referred to as B720P-tr.
SEQ ID NO: 487 is the amino acid sequence of B720P-tr.
SEQ ID NO: 488 is the amino acid sequence of a naturally processed epitope of B726P recognized by B726P-specific CTL.
SEQ ID NO: 489 is a DNA sequence encoding the B726P epitope set forth in SEQ ID NO: 488.
SEQ ID NO: 490 is a DNA sequence encoding a fusion protein wherein mammaglobin is fused to a B726P combined upstream and downstream open reading frame (ORF) (the amino acid sequence of the B726P combined ORF is disclosed herein by SEQ ID NO: 475 which is encoded by the DNA sequence of SEQ ID NO: 474).
SEQ ID NO: 491 is a DNA sequence encoding a fusion protein wherein mammaglobin is fused to a B726P upstream ORF (the amino acid sequence of the
B726P upstream ORF is disclosed herein by SEQ ID NO: 469 which is encoded by the
DNA sequence of SEQ ID NO: 463). .
SEQ ID NO: 492 is a DNA sequence encoding a fusion protein wherein mammaglobin is fused to a B726P downstream ORF (the amino acid sequence of the
B726P downstream ORF is disclosed herein by SEQ ID NO: 176 which is encoded by the DNA sequence of SEQ ID NO: 175).
SEQ ID NO: 493 is the amino acid sequence encoded by the DNA : sequence of SEQ ID NO: 490. .
SEQ ID NO: 494 is the amino acid sequence encoded by the DNA sequence of SEQ ID NO: 491. ~ SEQ ID NO: 495 is the amino acid sequence encoded by the DNA sequence of SEQ ID NO: 492.
As noted above, the present invention is generally directed to compositions and methods for using the compositions, for example in the therapy and diagnosis of cancer, such as breast cancer. Certain illustrative compositions described herein include breast tumor polypeptides, polynucleotides encoding such polypeptides, binding agents such as antibodies, antigen presenting cells (APCs) and/or immune system cells (e.g, T cells). A "breast tumor protein,” as the term is used herein, refers generally to a protein that is expressed in breast tumor cells at a level that is at least two fold, and preferably at least five fold, greater than the level of expression in a normal tissue, as determined using a representative assay provided herein. Certain breast tumor proteins are tumor proteins that react detectably (within an immunoassay, such as an
ELISA or Western blot) with antisera of a patient afflicted with breast cancer.
Therefore, in accordance with the above, and as described further below, the present invention provides illustrative polynucleotide compositions having sequences set forth in SEQ ID NO: 1-175, 178, 180, 182-468, 474, 476, 477, 479, 484, 486 and 489, illustrative polypeptide compositions having amino acid sequences set forth in SEQ ID NO: 176, 179, 181, 469-473, 475, 485, 487 and 488, antibody compositions capable of binding such polypeptides, and numerous additional embodiments employing such compositions, for example in the detection, diagnosis and/or therapy of human breast cancer.
POLYNUCLEOTIDE COMPOSITIONS
As used herein, the terms "DNA segment" and “polynucleotide” refer to a DNA molecule that has been isolated free of total genomic DNA of a particular species. Therefore, a DNA segment encoding a polypeptide refers to a DNA segment that contains one or more coding sequences yet is substantially isolated away from, or purified free from, total genomic DNA of the species from which the DNA segment is obtained. Included within the terms "DNA segment" and “polynucleotide” are DNA segments and smaller fragments of such segments, and also recombinant vectors, including, for example, plasmids, cosmids, phagemids, phage, viruses, and the like.
As will be understood by those skilled in the art, the DNA segments of this invention can include genomic sequences, extra-genomic and plasmid-encoded sequences and smaller engineered gene segments that express, or may be adapted to express, proteins, polypeptides, peptides and the like. Such segments may be naturally isolated, or modified synthetically by the hand of man. "Isolated,” as used herein, means that a polynucleotide is substantially away from other coding sequences, and that the DNA segment does not contain large portions of unrelated coding DNA, such as large chromosomal fragments or other functional genes or polypeptide coding regions. Of course, this refers to the DNA segment as originally isolated, and does not exclude genes or coding regions later added to the segment by the hand of man.
As will be recognized by the skilled artisan, polynucleotides may be single-stranded (coding or antisense) or double-stranded, and may be DNA (genomic, cDNA or synthetic) or RNA molecules. RNA molecules include HnRNA molecules, which contain introns and correspond to a DNA molecule in a one-to-one manner, and mRNA molecules, which do not contain introns. Additional coding or non-coding ‘sequences may, but need not, be present within a polynucleotide of the present invention, and a polynucleotide may, but need not, be linked to other molecules and/or support materials.
Polynucleotides may comprise a native sequence (i.e, an endogenous sequence that encodes a breast tumor protein or a portion thereof) or may comprise a variant, or a biological or antigenic functional equivalent of such a sequence.
Polynucleotide variants may contain one or more substitutions, additions, deletions “and/or insertions, as further described below, preferably such that the immunogenicity of the encoded polypeptide is not diminished, relative to a native tumor protein. The effect on the immunogenicity of the encoded polypeptide may generally be assessed as described herein. The term ‘‘variants” also encompasses homologous genes of = xenogenic origin.
When comparing polynucleotide or polypeptide sequences, two sequences are said to be “identical” if the sequence of nucleotides or amino acids in the two sequences is the same when aligned for maximum correspondence, as described below. Comparisons between two sequences are typically performed by comparing the sequences over a comparison window to identify and compare local regions of sequence similarity. A “comparison window” as used herein, refers to a segment of at least about 20 contiguous positions, usually 30 to about 75, 40 to about 50, in which a sequence may be compared to a reference sequence of the same number of contiguous positions after the two sequences are optimally aligned.
Optimal alignment of sequences for comparison may be conducted using the Megalign program in the Lasergene suite of bioinformatics software (DNASTAR,
Inc., Madison, WI), using default parameters. This program embodies several alignment schemes described in the following references: Dayhoff, M.O. (1978) A model of evolutionary change in proteins — Matrices for detecting distant relationships.
In Dayhoff, M.O. (ed.) Atlas of Protein Sequence and Structure, National Biomedical
Research Foundation, Washington DC Vol. 5, Suppl. 3, pp. 345-358; Hein J. (1990)
Unified Approach to Alignment and Phylogenes pp. 626-645 Methods in Enzymology vol. 183, Academic Press, Inc., San Diego, CA; Higgins, D.G. and Sharp, P.M. (1989)
CABIOS 5:151-153; Myers, E.W. and Muller W. (1988) C4BIOS 4:11-17; Robinson,
E.D. (1971) Comb. Theor 11:105; Santou, N. Nes, M. (1987) Mol. Biol. Evol. 4:406- 425; Sneath, P.H.A. and Sokal, R.R. (1973) Numerical Taxonomy — the Principles and
Practice of Numerical Taxonomy, Freeman Press, San Francisco, CA; Wilbur, W.J. and
Lipman, D.J. (1983) Proc. Natl. Acad., Sci. USA 80:726-730.
Alternatively, optimal alignment of sequences for comparison may be conducted by the local identity algorithm of Smith and Waterman (1981) Add. APL.
Math 2:482, by the identity alignment algorithm of Needleman and Wunsch (1970) J.
Mol. Biol. 48:443, by the search for similarity methods of Pearson and Lipman (1988)
Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85: 2444, by computerized implementations of these algorithms (GAP, BESTFIT, BLAST, FASTA, and TFASTA in the Wisconsin Genetics
Software Package, Genetics Computer Group (GCG), 575 Science Dr., Madison, WI), or by inspection.
One preferred example of algorithms that are suitable for determining percent sequence identity and sequence similarity are the BLAST and BLAST 2.0 algorithms, which are described in Altschul ez al. (1977) Nucl. Acids Res. 25:3389-3402 and Altschul ez al. (1990) J. Mol. Biol. 215:403-410, respectively. BLAST and BLAST 2.0 can be used, for example with the parameters described herein, to determine percent sequence identity for the polynucleotides and polypeptides of the invention. Software for performing BLAST analyses is publicly available through the National Center for
Biotechnology Information. In one illustrative example, cumulative scores can be calculated using, for nucleotide sequences, the parameters M (reward score for a pair of matching residues; always >0) and N (penalty score for mismatching residues; always : <0). For amino acid sequences, a scoring matrix can be used to calculate the cumulative score. Extension of the word hits in each direction are halted when: the cumulative alignment score falls off by the quantity X from its maximum achieved value; the cumulative score goes to zero or below, due to the accumulation of one or more negative-scoring residue alignments; or the end of either sequence is reached.
The BLAST algorithm parameters W, T and X determine the sensitivity and speed of the alignment. The BLASTN program (for nucleotide sequences) uses as defaults a wordlength (W) of 11, and expectation (E) of 10, and the BLOSUMS62 scoring matrix 5S (see Henikoff and Henikoff (1989) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:10915) alignments, (B) of 50, expectation (E) of 10, M=5, N=-4 and a comparison of both strands.
Preferably, the “percentage of sequence identity” is determined by comparing two optimally aligned sequences over a window of comparison of at least 20 positions, wherein the portion of the polynucleotide or polypeptide sequence in the comparison window may comprise additions or deletions (i.e., gaps) of 20 percent or less, usually 5 to 15 percent, or 10 to 12 percent, as compared to the reference sequences (which does not comprise additions or deletions) for optimal alignment of the two-sequences. The percentage is calculated by determining the number of positions at which the identical nucleic acid bases or amino acid residue occurs in both sequences to yield the number of matched positions, dividing the number of matched positions by the total number of positions in the reference sequence (ie, the window size) and multiplying the results by 100 to yield the percentage of sequence identity. - Therefore, the present invention encompasses polynucleotide and polypeptide sequences having substantial identity to the sequences disclosed herein, for example those comprising at least 50% sequence identity, preferably at least 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% or higher, sequence identity compared to a polynucleotide or polypeptide sequence of this invention using the methods described herein, (e.g., BLAST analysis using standard parameters, as described below). One skilled in this art will recognize that these values can be appropriately adjusted to determine corresponding identity of proteins encoded by two nucleotide sequences by taking into account codon degeneracy, amino acid similarity, reading frame positioning and the like.
In additional embodiments, the present invention provides isolated polynucleotides and polypeptides comprising various lengths of contiguous stretches of sequence identical to or complementary to one or more of the sequences disclosed herein. For example, polynucleotides are provided by this invention that comprise at least about 15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 150, 200, 300, 400, 500 or 1000 or more contiguous nucleotides of one or more of the sequences disclosed herein as well as all intermediate lengths there between. It will be readily understood that "intermediate lengths", in this context, means any length between the quoted values, such as 16, 17, 18,19, etc; 21, 22, 23, efc.; 30, 31, 32, etc.; 50, 51, 52, 53, etc.; 100, 101, 102, 103, etc.; 150, 151, 152, 153, etc.; including all integers through 200-500; 500-1,000, and the - like.
The polynucleotides of the present invention, or fragments thereof, regardless of the length of the coding sequence itself, may be combined with other
DNA sequences, such as promoters, polyadenylation signals, additional restriction enzyme sites, multiple cloning sites, other coding segments, and the like, such that their overall length may vary considerably. It is therefore contemplated that a nucleic acid fragment of almost any length may be employed, with the total length preferably being limited by the ease of preparation and use in the intended recombinant DNA protocol.
For example, illustrative DNA segments with total lengths of about 10,000, about 5000, about 3000, about 2,000, about 1,000, about 500, about 200, about 100, about 50 base pairs in length, and the like, (including all intermediate lengths) are contemplated to be useful in many implementations of this invention.
In other embodiments, the present invention is directed to polynucleotides that are capable of hybridizing under moderately stringent conditions to a polynucleotide sequence provided herein, or a fragment thereof, or a complementary sequence thereof. Hybridization techniques are well known in the art of molecular biology. For purposes of illustration, suitable moderately stringent conditions for testing the hybridization of a polynucleotide of this invention with other. polynucleotides include prewashing in a solution of 5 X SSC, 0.5% SDS, 1.0 mM
EDTA (pH 8.0); hybridizing at 50°C-65°C, 5 X SSC, overnight; followed by washing twice at 65°C for 20 minutes with each of 2X, 0.5X and 0.2X SSC containing 0.1%
SDS.
Moreover, it will be appreciated by those of ordinary skill in the art that, as a result of the degeneracy of the genetic code, there are many nucleotide sequences that encode a polypeptide as described herein. Some of these polynucleotides bear minimal homology to the nucleotide sequence of any native gene. Nonetheless, polynucleotides that vary due to differences in codon usage are specifically contemplated by the present invention. Further, alleles of the genes comprising the polynucleotide sequences provided herein are within the scope of the present invention.
Alleles are endogenous genes that are altered as a result of one or more mutations, such as deletions, additions and/or substitutions of nucleotides. The resulting mRNA and protein may, but need not, have an altered structure or function. Alleles may be identified using standard techniques (such as hybridization, amplification and/or database sequence comparison).
PROBES AND PRIMERS
} : In other embodiments of the present invention, the polynucleotide . sequences provided herein can be advantageously used as probes or primers for nucleic
He acid hybridization. As such, it is contemplated that nucleic acid segments that comprise a sequence region of at least about 15 nucleotide long contiguous sequence that has the oo 15 same sequence as, or is complementary to, a 15 nucleotide long contiguous sequence : disclosed herein will find particular utility. Longer contiguous identical or a complementary sequences, e.g., those of about 20, 30, 40, 50, 100, 200, 500, 1000 (including all intermediate lengths) and even up to full length sequences will also be of use in certain embodiments.
The ability of such nucleic acid probes to specifically hybridize to a sequence of interest will enable them to be of use in detecting the presence of complementary sequences in a given sample. However, other uses are also envisioned, such as the use of the sequence information for the preparation of mutant species primers, or primers for use in preparing other genetic constructions.
Polynucleotide molecules having sequence regions consisting of contiguous nucleotide stretches of 10-14, 15-20, 30, 50, or even of 100-200 nucleotides or so (including intermediate lengths as well), identical or complementary to a polynucleotide sequence disclosed herein, are particularly contemplated as hybridization probes for use in, e.g., Southern and Northern blotting. This would allow a gene product, or fragment thereof, to be analyzed, both in diverse cell types and also in various bacterial cells. The total size of fragment, as well as the size of the complementary stretch(es), will ultimately depend on the intended use or application of the particular nucleic acid segment. Smaller fragments will generally find use in hybridization embodiments, wherein the length of the contiguous complementary region may be varied, such as between about 15 and about 100 nucleotides, but larger contiguous .complementarity stretches may be used, according to the length complementary sequences one wishes to detect.
The use of a hybridization probe of about 15-25 nucleotides in length allows the formation of a duplex molecule that is both stable and selective. Molecules having contiguous complementary sequences over stretches greater than 15 bases in length are generally preferred, though, in order to increase stability and selectivity of the hybrid, and thereby improve the quality and degree of specific hybrid molecules obtained. One will generally prefer to design nucleic acid molecules having gene- complementary stretches of 15 to 25 contiguous nucleotides, or even longer where desired.
Hybridization probes may be selected from any portion of any of the sequences disclosed herein. All that is required is to review the sequence set forth in
SEQ ID NO: 1-175, 178, 180, 182-468, 474, 476, 477 479, 484, 486 and 489, or to any continuous portion of the sequence, from about 15-25 nucleotides in length up to and including the full length sequence, that one wishes to utilize as a probe or primer. The choice of probe and primer sequences may be governed by various factors. For example, one may wish to employ primers from towards the termini of the total sequence.
Small polynucleotide segments or fragments may be readily prepared by, for example, directly synthesizing the fragment by chemical means, as is commonly practiced using an automated oligonucleotide synthesizer. Also, fragments may be obtained by application of nucleic acid reproduction technology, such as the PCR™ technology of U. S. Patent 4,683,202 (incorporated herein by reference), by introducing selected sequences into recombinant vectors for recombinant production, and by other recombinant DNA techniques generally known to those of skill in the art of molecular biology.
The nucleotide sequences of the invention may be used for their ability to selectively form duplex molecules with complementary stretches of the entire gene or gene fragments of interest. Depending on the application envisioned, one will typically desire to employ varying conditions of hybridization to achieve varying degrees of selectivity of probe towards target sequence. For applications requiring high selectivity, one will typically desire to employ relatively stringent conditions to form the hybrids, e.g., one will select relatively low salt and/or high temperature conditions, such as provided by a salt concentration of from about 0.02 M to about 0.15 M salt at temperatures of from about 50°C to about 70°C. Such selective conditions tolerate little, if any, mismatch between the probe and the template or target strand, and would be particularly suitable for isolating related sequences.
Of course, for some applications, for example, where one desires to prepare mutants employing a mutant primer strand hybridized to an underlying template, less stringent (reduced stringency) hybridization conditions will typically be needed in order to allow formation of the heteroduplex. In these circumstances, one may desire to employ salt conditions such as those of from about 0.15 M to about 0.9 M salt,-at temperatures ranging from about 20°C to about 55°C. Cross-hybridizing species can thereby be readily identified as positively hybridizing signals with respect to control hybridizations. In any case, it is generally appreciated that conditions can be rendered more stringent by the addition of increasing amounts of formamide, which serves to destabilize the hybrid duplex in the same manner as increased temperature. Thus, hybridization conditions can be readily manipulated, and thus will generally be a method of choice depending on the desired results.
POLYNUCLEOTIDE IDENTIFICATION AND CHARACTERIZATION
Polynucleotides may be identified, prepared and/or manipulated using any of a variety of well established techniques. For example, a polynucleotide may be identified, as described in more detail below, by screening a microarray of cDNAs for tumor-associated expression (i.e., expression that is at least two fold greater in a tumor : than in normal tissue, as determined using a representative assay provided herein).
Such screens may be performed, for example, using a Synteni microarray (Palo Alto,
CA) according to the manufacturer's instructions (and essentially as described by
Schena et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 93:10614-10619, 1996 and Heller et al., Proc.
Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 94:2150-2155, 1997). Altematively, polynucleotides may be amplified from cDNA prepared from cells expressing the proteins described herein, such as breast tumor cells. Such polynucleotides may be amplified via polymerase chain reaction (PCR). For this approach, sequence-specific primers may be designed based on the sequences provided herein, and may be purchased or synthesized.
An amplified portion of a polynucleotide of the present invention may be used to isolate a full length gene from a suitable library (e.g, a breast tumor cDNA library) using well known techniques. Within such techniques, a library (cDNA or genomic) is screened using one or more polynucleotide probes or primers suitable for amplification. Preferably, a library is size-selected to include larger molecules.
Random primed libraries may also be preferred for identifying 5' and upstream regions of genes. Genomic libraries are preferred for obtaining introns and extending 5' sequences.
For hybridization techniques, a partial sequence may be labeled (e.g., by nick-translation or end-labeling with *2P) using well known techniques. A bacterial or bacteriophage library is then generally screened by hybridizing filters containing denatured bacterial colonies (or lawns containing phage plaques) with the labeled probe (see Sambrook et al., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor
Laboratories, Cold Spring Harbor, NY, 1989). Hybridizing colonies or plaques are selected and expanded, and the DNA is isolated for further analysis. cDNA clones may be analyzed to determine the amount of additional sequence by, for example, PCR using a primer from the partial sequence and a primer from the vector. Restriction maps and partial sequences may be generated to identify one or more overlapping clones. The complete sequence may then be determined using standard techniques, which may involve generating a series of deletion clones. The resulting overlapping sequences can then assembled into a single contiguous sequence. A full length cDNA molecule can be generated by ligating suitable fragments, using well known techniques.
Alternatively, there are numerous amplification techniques for obtaining a full length coding sequence from a partial cDNA sequence. Within such techniques,
amplification is generally performed via PCR. Any of a variety of commercially available kits may be used to perform the amplification step. Primers may be designed using, for example, software well known in the art. Primers are preferably 22-30 nucleotides in length, have a GC content of at least 50% and anneal to the target sequence at temperatures of about 68°C to 72°C. The amplified region may be sequenced as described above, and overlapping sequences assembled into a contiguous sequence.
One such amplification technique is inverse PCR (see Triglia et al.,
Nucl. Acids Res. 16:8186, 1988), which uses restriction enzymes to generate a fragment in the known region of the gene. The fragment is then circularized by intramolecular ligation and used as a template for PCR with divergent primers derived from the known . region. Within an alternative approach, sequences adjacent to a partial sequence may = be retrieved by amplification with a primer to a linker sequence and a primer specific to - a known region. The amplified sequences are typically subjected to a second round of amplification with the same linker primer and a second primer specific to the known region. A variation on this procedure, which employs two primers that initiate 2 extension in opposite directions from the known sequence, is described in WO ~ 96/38591. Another such technique is known as "rapid amplification of cDNA ends" or : RACE. This technique involves the use of an internal primer and an external primer, which hybridizes to a polyA region or vector sequence, to identify sequences that are 5' and 3' of a known sequence. Additional techniques include capture PCR (Lagerstrom et al., PCR Methods Applic. 1:111-19, 1991) and walking PCR (Parker et al., Nucl. Acids.
Res. 19:3055-60, 1991). Other methods employing amplification may also be employed to obtain a full length cDNA sequence.
In certain instances, it is possible to obtain a full length cDNA sequence by analysis of sequences provided in an expressed sequence tag (EST) database, such as that available from GenBank. Searches for overlapping ESTs may generally be performed using well known programs (e.g., NCBI BLAST searches), and such ESTs may be used to generate a contiguous full length sequence. Full length DNA sequences may also be obtained by analysis of genomic fragments.
POLYNUCLEOTIDE EXPRESSION IN HOST CELLS
In other embodiments of the invention, polynucleotide sequences or fragments thereof which encode polypeptides of the invention, or fusion proteins or functional equivalents thereof, may be used in recombinant DNA. molecules to direct expression of a polypeptide in appropriate host cells. Due to the inherent degeneracy of the genetic code, other DNA sequences that encode substantially the same or a functionally equivalent amino acid sequence may be produced and these sequences may be used to clone and express a given polypeptide.
As will be understood by those of skill in the art, it may be advantageous in some instances to produce polypeptide-encoding nucleotide sequences possessing non-naturally occurring codons. For example, codons preferred by a particular prokaryotic or eukaryotic host can be selected to increase the rate of protein expression or to produce a recombinant RNA transcript having desirable properties, such as a half- life which is longer than that of a transcript generated from the naturally occurring sequence.
Moreover, the polynucleotide sequences of the present invention can be engineered using methods generally known in the art in order to alter polypeptide encoding sequences for a variety of reasons, including but not limited to, alterations which modify the cloning, processing, and/or expression of the gene product. For example, DNA shuffling by random fragmentation and PCR reassembly of gene fragments and synthetic oligonucleotides may be used to engineer the nucleotide sequences. In addition, site-directed mutagenesis may be used to insert new restriction sites, alter glycosylation patterns, change codon preference, produce splice variants, or introduce mutations, and so forth.
In another embodiment of the invention, natural, modified, or recombinant nucleic acid sequences may be ligated to a heterologous sequence to encode a fusion protein. For example, to screen peptide libraries for inhibitors of. polypeptide activity, it may be useful to encode a chimeric protein that can be recognized by a commercially available antibody. A fusion protein may also be engineered to contain a cleavage site located between the polypeptide-encoding sequence and the heterologous protein sequence, so that the polypeptide may be cleaved and purified away from the heterologous moiety.
Sequences encoding a desired polypeptide may be synthesized, in whole or in part, using chemical methods well known in the art (see Caruthers, M. H. et al. (1980) Nucl. Acids Res. Symp. Ser. 215-223, Hom, T. et al. (1980) Nucl. Acids Res. . Symp. Ser. 225-232). Alternatively, the protein itself may be produced using chemical methods to synthesize the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide, or a portion thereof.
For example, peptide synthesis can be performed using various solid-phase techniques (Roberge, J. Y. et al. (1995) Science 269:202-204) and automated synthesis may be achieved, for example, using the ABI 431A Peptide Synthesizer (Perkin Elmer, Palo
Alio, CA). | oo
A newly synthesized peptide may be substantially purified by preparative high performance liquid chromatography (e.g, Creighton, T. (1983)
Proteins, Structures and Molecular Principles, WH Freeman and Co., New York, N.Y.) or other comparable techniques available in the art. The composition of the synthetic peptides may be confirmed by amino acid analysis or sequencing (e.g., the Edman degradation procedure). Additionally, the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide, or any part thereof, may be altered during direct synthesis and/or combined using chemical methods with ‘sequences from other proteins, or any part thereof, to produce a variant polypeptide.
In order to express a desired polypeptide, the nucleotide sequences encoding the polypeptide, or functional equivalents, may be inserted into appropriate expression vector, ie., a vector which contains the necessary elements for the transcription and translation of the inserted coding sequence. Methods which are well known to those skilled in the art may be used to construct expression vectors containing sequences encoding a polypeptide of interest and appropriate transcriptional and translational control elements. These methods include in vitro recombinant DNA techniques, synthetic techniques, and in vivo genetic recombination. Such techniques are described in Sambrook, J. et al. (1989) Molecular Cloning, A Laboratory Manual,
Cold Spring Harbor Press, Plainview, N.Y., and Ausubel, F. M. et al. (1989) Current
Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley & Sons, New York. N.Y.
A variety of expression vector/host systems may be utilized to contain and express polynucleotide sequences. These include, but are not limited to, microorganisms such as bacteria transformed with recombinant bacteriophage, plasmid, or cosmid DNA expression vectors; yeast transformed with yeast expression vectors; insect cell systems infected with virus expression vectors (e.g., baculovirus); plant cell systems transformed with virus expression vectors (e.g., cauliflower mosaic virus,
CaMV; tobacco mosaic virus, TMV) or with bacterial expression vectors (e.g., Ti or pBR322 plasmids); or animal cell systems.
The "control elements" or "regulatory sequences" present in an expression vector are those non-translated regions of the vector--enhancers, promoters, 5' and 3' untranslated regions--which interact with host cellular proteins to carry out transcription and translation. Such elements may vary in their strength and specificity.
Depending on the vector system and host utilized, any number of suitable transcription and translation elements, including constitutive and inducible promoters, may be used.
For example, when cloning in bacterial systems, inducible promoters such as the hybrid lacZ promoter of the PBLUESCRIPT phagemid (Stratagene, La Jolla, Calif.) or
PSPORT1 plasmid (Gibco BRL, Gaithersburg, MD) and the like may be used. In mammalian cell systems, promoters from mammalian genes or from mammalian viruses are generally preferred. If it is necessary to generate a cell line that contains multiple copies of the sequence encoding a polypeptide, vectors based on SV40 or EBV may be advantageously used with an appropriate selectable marker.
In bacterial systems, a number of expression vectors may be selected depending upon the use intended for the expressed polypeptide. For example, when large quantities are needed, for example for the induction of antibodies, vectors which direct high level expression of fusion proteins that are readily purified may be used.
Such vectors include, but are not limited to, the multifunctional E. coli cloning and expression vectors such as BLUESCRIPT (Stratagene), in which the sequence encoding the polypeptide of interest may be ligated into the vector in frame with sequences for the amino-terminal Met and the subsequent 7 residues of .beta.-galactosidase so that a hybrid protein is produced; pIN vectors (Van Heeke, G. and S. M. Schuster (1989) J
Biol. Chem. 264:5503-5509); and the like. pGEX Vectors (Promega, Madison, Wis.)
may also be used to express foreign polypeptides as fusion proteins with glutathione S- transferase (GST). In general, such fusion proteins are soluble and can easily be purified from lysed cells by adsorption to glutathione-agarose beads followed by elution in the presence of free glutathione. Proteins made in such systems may be designed to include heparin, thrombin, or factor XA protease cleavage sites so that the cloned polypeptide of interest can be released from the GST moiety at will.
In the yeast, Saccharomyces cerevisiae, a number of vectors containing constitutive or inducible promoters such as alpha factor, alcohol oxidase, and PGH may be used. For reviews, see Ausubel et al. (supra) and Grant .et al. (1987) Methods
Enzymol. 153:516-544,
In cases where plant expression vectors are used, the expression of : sequences encoding polypeptides may be driven by any of a number of promoters. For
A example; viral promoters such as the 35S and 19S promoters of CaMV may be used g alone or in combination with the omega leader sequence from TMV (Takamatsu, N. (1987) EMBO J. 6:307-311. Alternatively, plant promoters such as the small subunit of
RUBISCO or heat shock promoters may be used (Coruzz, G. et al. (1984) EMBO J. : + 3:1671-1680; Broglie, R. et al. (1984) Science 224:838-843; and Winter, J. et al. (1991) 3 Results Probl. Cell Differ. 17:85-105). These constructs can be introduced into plant : cells by direct DNA transformation or pathogen-mediated transfection. Such techniques are described in a number of generally available reviews (see, for example, Hobbs, S. or
Murry, L. E. in McGraw Hill Yearbook of Science and Technology (1992) McGraw
Hill, New York, N.Y.; pp. 191-196).
An insect system may also be used to express a polypeptide of interest.
For example, in one such system, Autographa californica nuclear polyhedrosis virus (AcNPV) is used as a vector to express foreign genes in Spodoptera frugiperda cells or in Trichoplusia larvae. The sequences encoding the polypeptide may be cloned into a : non-essential region of the virus, such as the polyhedrin gene, and placed under control of the polyhedrin promoter. Successful insertion of the polypeptide-encoding sequence will render the polyhedrin gene inactive and produce recombinant virus lacking coat protein. The recombinant viruses may then be used to infect, for example, S. frugiperda cells or Trichoplusia larvae in which the polypeptide of interest may be expressed "(Engelbard, E. K. ef al. (1994) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 91 :3224-3227).
In mammalian host cells, a number of viral-based expression systems are generally available. For example, in cases where an adenovirus is used as an expression vector, sequences encoding a polypeptide of interest may be ligated into an adenovirus transcription/translation complex consisting of the late promoter and tripartite leader sequence. Insertion in a non-essential E1 or E3 region of the viral genome may be used to obtain a viable virus which is capable of expressing the polypeptide in infected host cells (Logan, J. and Shenk, T. (1984) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 81:3655-3659). In addition, transcription enhancers, such as the Rous sarcoma virus (RSV) enhancer, may be used to increase expression in mammalian host cells. : Specific initiation signals may also be used to achieve more efficient translation of sequences encoding a polypeptide of interest. Such signals include the
ATG initiation codon and adjacent sequences. In cases where sequences encoding the polypeptide, its initiation codon, and upstream sequences are inserted into the appropriate expression vector, no additional transcriptional or translational control signals may be needed. However, in cases where only coding sequence, or a portion thereof, is inserted, exogenous translational control signals including the ATG initiation codon should be provided. Furthermore, the initiation codon should be in the correct reading frame to ensure translation of the entire insert. Exogenous translational elements and initiation codons may be of various origins, both natural and synthetic.
The efficiency of expression may be enhanced by the inclusion of enhancers which are appropriate for the particular cell system which is used, such as those described in the literature (Scharf, D. et al. (1994) Results Probl. Cell Differ. 20:125-162).
In addition, a host cell strain may be chosen for its ability to modulate the expression of the inserted sequences or to process the expressed protein in the desired fashion. Such modifications of the polypeptide include, but are not limited to, acetylation, carboxylation. glycosylation, phosphorylation, lipidation, and acylation.
Post-translational processing which cleaves a "prepro" form of the protein may also be used to facilitate correct insertion, folding and/or function. Different host cells such as
CHO, HeLa, MDCK, HEK293, and WI38, which have specific cellular machinery and characteristic mechanisms for such post-translational activities, may be chosen to ensure the correct modification and processing of the foreign protein.
For long-term, high-yield production of recombinant proteins, stable expression is generally preferred. For example, -cell lines which stably express a polynucleotide of interest may be transformed using expression vectors which may contain viral origins of replication and/or endogenous expression elements and a selectable marker gene on the same or on a separate vector. Following the introduction of the vector, cells may be allowed to grow for 1-2 days in an enriched media before they are switched to selective media.- The purpose of the selectable marker is to confer resistance to selection, and its presence allows growth and recovery of cells which successfully express the introduced sequences. Resistant clones of stably transformed cells may be proliferated using tissue culture techniques appropriate to the cell type.
TE Any number of selection systems may be used to recover transformed cell lines. These include, but are not limited to, the herpes simplex virus thymidine kinase (Wigler, M. et al. (1977) Cell 11:223-32) and adenine phosphoribosyltransferase (Lowy, I et al. (1990) Cell 22:817-23) genes which can be employed in tk.sup.- or aprt.sup.- cells, respectively. Also, antimetabolite, antibiotic or herbicide resistance can be used as the basis for selection; for example, dhfr which confers resistance to methotrexate (Wigler, M. et al. (1980) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 77:3567-70); npt, which confers resistance to the aminoglycosides, neomycin and G-418 (Colbere-Garapin, F. et al (1981) J Mol. Biol. 150:1-14); and als or pat, which confer resistance to chlorsulfuron and phosphinotricin acetyltransferase, respectively (Murry, supra).
Additional selectable genes have been described, for example, trpB, which allows cells to utilize indole in place of tryptophan, or hisD, which allows cells to utilize histinol in place of histidine (Hartman, S. C. and R. C. Mulligan (1988) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 85:8047-51). Recently, the use of visible markers has gained popularity with such markers as anthocyanins, beta-glucuronidase and its substrate GUS, and luciferase and its substrate luciferin, being widely used not only to identify transformants, but also to quantify the amount of transient or stable protein expression attributable to a specific vector system (Rhodes, C. A. ef al. (1995) Methods Mol. Biol. 55:121-131).
Although the presence/absence of marker gene expression suggests that the gene of interest is also present, its presence and expression may need to be confirmed. For example, if the sequence encoding a polypeptide is inserted within a marker. gene sequence, recombinant cells containing sequences can be identified by the absence of marker gene function. Alternatively, a marker gene can be placed in tandem with a polypeptide-encoding sequence under the control of a single promoter.
Expression of the marker gene in response to induction or selection usually indicates expression of the tandem gene as well.
Alternatively, host cells which contain and express a desired polynucleotide sequence may be identified by a variety of procedures known to those of skill in the art. These procedures include, but are not limited to, DNA-DNA or DNA-
RNA hybridizations and protein bioassay or immunoassay techniques which include membrane, solution, or chip based technologies for the detection and/or quantification of nucleic acid or protein.
A variety of protocols for detecting and measuring the expression of polynucleotide-encoded products, using either polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies specific for the product are known in the art. Examples include enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA), radioimmunoassay (RIA), and fluorescence activated cell sorting (FACS). A two-site, monoclonal-based immunoassay utilizing monoclonal antibodies reactive to two non-interfering epitopes on a given polypeptide may be preferred for some applications, but a competitive binding assay may also be employed.
These and other assays are described, among other places, in Hampton, R. ef al. (1990;
Serological Methods, a Laboratory Manual, APS Press, St Paul. Minn.) and Maddox, D.
E. et al. (1983; J. Exp. Med. 158:1211-1216).
A wide variety of labels and conjugation techniques are known by those skilled in the art and may be used in various nucleic acid and amino acid assays. Means for producing labeled hybridization or PCR probes for detecting sequences related to polynucleotides include oligolabeling, nick translation, end-labeling or PCR amplification using a labeled nucleotide. Alternatively, the sequences, or any portions thereof may be cloned into a vector for the production of an mRNA probe. Such vectors are known in the art, are commercially available, and may be used to synthesize RNA probes in vitro by addition of an appropriate RNA polymerase such as T7, T3, or SP6 and labeled nucleotides. These procedures may be conducted using a variety of commercially available kits. Suitable reporter molecules or labels, which may be used include radionuclides, enzymes, fluorescent, chemiluminescent, or chromogenic agents aswell as substrates, cofactors, inhibitors, magnetic particles, and the like.
Host cells transformed with a polynucleotide sequence of interest may be cultured under conditions suitable for the expression and recovery of the protein from cell culture. The protein produced by a recombinant cell may be secreted or contained ' intracellularly depending on the sequence and/or the vector used. As will be understood by those of skill in the art, expression vectors containing polynucleotides of the invention may be designed to contain signal sequences which direct secretion of the encoded polypeptide through a prokaryotic or eukaryotic cell membrane. Other ‘recombinant constructions may be used to join sequences encoding a polypeptide of interest to nucleotide sequence encoding a polypeptide domain which will facilitate ‘purification of soluble proteins. Such purification facilitating domains include, but are ‘not limited to, metal chelating peptides such as histidine-tryptophan modules that allow purification on immobilized metals, protein A domains that allow purification on “immobilized immunoglobulin, and the domain utilized in the FLAGS extension/affinity purification system (Immunex Corp., Seattle, Wash.). The inclusion of cleavable linker sequences such as those specific for Factor XA or enterokinase (Invitrogen. San Diego,
Calif.) between the purification domain and the encoded polypeptide may be used to facilitate purification. One such expression vector provides for expression of a fusion protein containing a polypeptide of interest and a nucleic acid encoding 6 histidine residues preceding a thioredoxin or an enterokinase cleavage site. The histidine residues facilitate purification on IMIAC (immobilized metal ion affinity chromatography) as described in Porath, J. et al. (1992, Prot. Exp. Purif. 3:263-281) while the enterokinase cleavage site provides a means for purifying the desired polypeptide from the fusion protein. A discussion of vectors which contain fusion proteins is provided in Kroll, D. J. et al. (1993; DNA Cell Biol. 12:441-453).
In addition to recombinant production methods, polypeptides of the invention, and fragments thereof, may be produced by direct peptide synthesis using solid-phase techniques (Merrifield J. (1963) J. Am. Chem. Soc. 85:2149-2154). Protein synthesis may be performed using manual techniques or by automation. Automated synthesis may be achieved, for example, using Applied Biosystems 431A Peptide
Synthesizer (Perkin Elmer). Alternatively, various fragments may be chemically synthesized separately and combined using chemical methods to produce the full length molecule.
SITE-SPECIFIC MUTAGENESIS :
Site-specific mutagenesis is a technique useful in the preparation of individual peptides, or biologically functional equivalent polypeptides, through specific mutagenesis of the underlying polynucleotides that encode them. The technique, well-known to those of skill in the art, further provides a ready ability to prepare and test sequence variants, for example, incorporating one or more of the foregoing considerations, by introducing one or more nucleotide sequence changes into the DNA.
Site-specific mutagenesis allows the production of mutants through the use of specific oligonucleotide sequences which encode the DNA sequence of the desired mutation, as well as a sufficient number of adjacent nucleotides, to provide a primer sequence of sufficient size and sequence complexity to form a stable duplex on both sides of the deletion junction being traversed. Mutations may be employed in a selected polynucleotide sequence to improve, alter, decrease, modify, or otherwise change the properties of the polynucleotide itself, and/or alter the properties, activity, composition, stability, or primary sequence of the encoded polypeptide.
In certain embodiments of the present invention, the inventors contemplate the mutagenesis of the disclosed polynucleotide sequences to alter one or more properties of the encoded polypeptide, such as the antigenicity of a polypeptide vaccine. The techniques of site-specific mutagenesis are well-known in the art, and are widely used to create variants of both polypeptides and polynucleotides. For example, site-specific mutagenesis is often used to alter a specific portion of a DNA molecule. In such embodiments, a primer comprising typically about 14 to about 25 nucleotides or so in length is employed, with about 5 to about 10 residues on both sides of the junction of the sequence being altered.
As will be appreciated by those of skill in the art, site-specific mutagenesis techniques have often employed a phage vector that exists in both a single stranded and double stranded form. Typical vectors useful in site-directed mutagenesis include vectors such as the M13 phage. These phage are readily commercially-available and their use is generally well-known to those skilled in the art.
Double-stranded plasmids are also routinely employed in site directed mutagenesis that eliminates the step of transferring the gene of interest from a plasmid to a phage.
In general, site-directed mutagenesis in accordance herewith is performed by first obtaining a single-stranded vector or melting apart of two strands of a double-stranded vector that includes within its sequence a DNA sequence that "encodes the desired peptide. An oligonucleotide primer bearing the desired mutated ] sequence is prepared, generally synthetically. This primer is then annealed with the . single-stranded vector, and subjected to DNA polymerizing enzymes such as E. coli : polymerase I Klenow fragment, in order to complete the synthesis of the mutation- ) 15 bearing strand. Thus, a heteroduplex is formed wherein one strand encodes the original non-mutated sequence and the second strand bears the desired mutation. This heteroduplex vector is then used to transform appropriate cells, such as E. coli cells, and : clones are selected which include recombinant vectors bearing the mutated sequence arrangement.
The preparation of sequence variants of the selected peptide-encoding
DNA segments using site-directed mutagenesis provides a means of producing potentially useful species and is not meant to be limiting as there are other ways in which sequence variants of peptides and the DNA sequences encoding them may be obtained. For example, recombinant vectors encoding the desired peptide sequence may be treated with mutagenic agents, such as hydroxylamine, to obtain sequence variants. Specific details regarding these methods and protocols are found in the teachings of Maloy et al., 1994; Segal, 1976; Prokop and Bajpai, 1991; Kuby, 1994; and Maniatis et al., 1982, each incorporated herein by reference, for that purpose.
As used herein, the term “oligonucleotide directed mutagenesis procedure” refers to template-dependent processes and vector-mediated propagation which result in an increase in the concentration of a specific nucleic acid molecule relative to its initial concentration, or in an increase in the concentration of a detectable signal, such as amplification. As used herein, the term “oligonucleotide directed mutagenesis procedure” is intended to refer to a process that involves the template-dependent extension of a primer molecule. The term template dependent process refers to nucleic acid synthesis of an RNA or a DNA molecule wherein the sequence of the newly synthesized strand of nucleic acid is dictated by the well-known rules of complementary base pairing (see, for example, Watson, 1987). Typically, vector mediated methodologies involve the introduction of the nucleic acid fragment into a DNA or RNA vector, the clonal amplification of the vector, and the recovery of the amplified nucleic acid fragment. Examples of such methodologies are provided by
U. S. Patent No. 4,237,224, specifically incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
POLYNUCLEOTIDE AMPLIFICATION TECHNIQUES
A number of template dependent processes are available to amplify the target sequences of interest present in a sample. One of the best known amplification methods is the polymerase chain reaction (PCR™) which is described in detail in U.S.
Patent Nos. 4,683,195, 4,683,202 and 4,800,159, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Briefly, in PCR™, two primer sequences are prepared which are complementary to regions on opposite complementary strands of the target sequence. An excess of deoxynucleoside triphosphates is added to a reaction mixture along with a DNA polymerase (e.g., Tag polymerase). If the target sequence is present in a sample, the primers will bind to the target and the polymerase will cause the primers to be extended along the target sequence by adding on nucleotides. By raising and lowering the temperature of the reaction mixture, the extended primers will dissociate from the target to form reaction products, excess primers will bind to the target and to the reaction product and the process is repeated. Preferably reverse transcription and PCR™ amplification procedure may be performed in order to quantify the amount of mRNA amplified. Polymerase chain reaction methodologies are well “known in the art. :
Another method for amplification is the ligase chain reaction (referred to as LCR), disclosed in Eur. Pat. Appl. Publ. No. 320,308 (specifically incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). In LCR, two complementary probe pairs are prepared, and in the presence of the target sequence, each pair will bind to opposite complementary strands of the target such that they abut. In the presence of a ligase, the two probe pairs will link to form a single unit. By temperature cycling, as in PCR™, bound ligated units dissociate from the target and then serve as "target sequences” for ligation of excess probe pairs. U.S. Patent No. 4,883,750, incorporated herein by reference in its entirety, describes an alternative method of amplification similar to LCR for binding probe pairs to a target sequence. :
Qbeta Replicase, described in PCT Intl. Pat. Appl. Publ. No.
PCT/US87/00880, incorporated herein by reference in its entirety, may also be used as still another amplification method in the present invention. In this method, a replicative sequence of RNA that has a region complementary to that of a target is added to a : sample in the presence of an RNA polymerase. The polymerase will copy the i replicative sequence that can then be detected. 15 . An isothermal amplification method, in which restriction endonucleases and ligases are used to achieve the amplification of target molecules that contain nucleotide 5'-[a-thioltriphosphates in one strand of a restriction site (Walker et al, : 1992, incorporated herein by reference in its entirety), may also be useful in the amplification of nucleic acids in the present invention.
Strand Displacement Amplification (SDA) is another method of carrying out isothermal amplification of nucleic acids which involves multiple rounds of strand displacement and synthesis, i.e. nick translation. A similar method, called Repair Chain
Reaction (RCR) is another method of amplification which may be useful in the present invention and is involves annealing several probes throughout a region targeted for amplification, followed by a repair reaction in which only two of the four bases are present. The other two bases can be added as biotinylated derivatives for easy detection. A similar approach is used in SDA.
Sequences can also be detected using a cyclic probe reaction (CPR). In
CPR, a probe having a 3' and 5' sequences of non-target DNA and an internal or “middle” sequence of the target protein specific RNA is hybridized to DNA which is present in a sample. Upon hybridization, the reaction is treated with RNaseH, and the products of the probe are identified as distinctive products by generating a signal that is released after digestion. The original template is annealed to another cycling probe and the reaction is repeated. Thus, CPR involves amplifying a signal generated by hybridization of a probe to a target gene specific expressed nucleic acid. : Still other amplification methods described in Great Britain Pat. Appl.
No. 2 202 328, and in PCT Intl. Pat. Appl. Publ. No. PCT/US89/01025, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety, may be used in accordance with the present invention. In the former application, "modified" primers are used in a PCR- like, template and enzyme dependent synthesis. The primers may be modified by labeling with a capture moiety (e.g., biotin) and/or a detector moiety (e.g, enzyme). In the latter application, an excess of labeled probes is added to a sample. In the presence of the target sequence, the probe binds and is cleaved catalytically. After cleavage, the - target sequence is released intact to be bound by excess probe. Cleavage of the labeled probe signals the presence of the target sequence.
Other nucleic acid amplification procedures include transcription-based amplification systems (TAS) (Kwoh et al, 1989; PCT Intl. Pat. Appl. Publ. No. WO 88/10315, incorporated herein by reference in its entirety), including nucleic acid sequence based amplification (NASBA) and 3SR. In NASBA, the nucleic acids can be prepared for amplification by standard phenol/chloroform extraction, heat denaturation of a sample, treatment with lysis buffer and minispin columns for isolation of DNA and
RNA or guanidinium chloride extraction of RNA. These amplification techniques involve annealing a primer that has sequences specific to the target sequence.
Following polymerization, DNA/RNA hybrids are digested with RNase H while double stranded DNA molecules are heat-denatured again. In either case the single stranded
DNA is made fully double stranded by addition of second target-specific primer, followed by polymerization. The double stranded DNA molecules are then multiply transcribed by a polymerase such as T7 or SP6. In an isothermal cyclic reaction, the
RNAs are reverse transcribed into DNA, and transcribed once again with a polymerase such as T7 or SP6. The resulting products, whether truncated or complete, indicate target-specific sequences.
Eur. Pat. Appl. Publ. No. 329,822, incorporated herein by reference in its entirety, disclose a nucleic acid amplification process involving cyclically synthesizing single-stranded RNA ("ssRNA"), ssDNA, and double-stranded DNA (dsDNA), which may be used in accordance with the present invention. The ssRNA is a first template for a first primer oligonucleotide, which is elongated by reverse transcriptase (RNA-dependent DNA polymerase). The RNA is then removed from resulting
DNA:RNA duplex by the action of ribonuclease H (RNase H, an RNase specific for
RNA in a duplex with either DNA or RNA). The resultant ssDNA is a second template ~~ for a second primer, which also includes the sequences of an RNA polymerase promoter (exemplified by T7 RNA polymerase) 5' to its homology to its template.” This primer is then extended by DNA polymerase (exemplified by the large "Klenow" fragment of E. coli DNA polymerase I), resulting as a double-stranded DNA 3 ("dsDNA") molecule, having a sequence identical to that of the original RNA between : the primers and having additionally, at one end, a promoter sequence. This promoter sequence can be used by the appropriate RNA polymerase to make many RNA copies of the DNA. These copies can then re-enter the cycle leading to very swift amplification. With proper choice of enzymes, this amplification can be done - isothermally without addition of enzymes at each cycle. Because of the cyclical nature : of this process, the starting sequence can be chosen to be in the form of either DNA or
RNA. : PCT Intl. Pat. Appl. Publ. No. WO 89/06700, incorporated herein by reference in its entirety, disclose a nucleic acid sequence amplification scheme based on the hybridization of a promoter/primer sequence to a target single-stranded DNA ("ssDNA") followed by transcription of many RNA copies of the sequence. This scheme is not cyclic; i.e. new templates are not produced from the resultant RNA transcripts. Other amplification methods include "RACE" (Frohman, 1990), and "one-sided PCR" (Ohara, 1989) which are well-known to those of skill in the art.
Methods based on ligation of two (or more) oligonucleotides in the presence of nucleic acid having the sequence of the resulting "di-oligonucleotide", thereby amplifying the di-oligonucleotide (Wu and Dean, 1996, incorporated herein by reference in its entirety), may also be used in the amplification of DNA sequences of the present invention.
BIOLOGICAL FUNCTIONAL EQUIVALENTS
Modification and changes may be made in the structure of the polynucleotides and polypeptides of the present invention and still obtain a functional molecule that encodes a polypeptide with desirable characteristics. As mentioned above, it is often desirable to introduce ome or more mutations into a specific polynucleotide sequence. In certain circumstances, the resulting encoded polypeptide sequence is altered by this mutation, or in other cases, the sequence of the polypeptide is unchanged by one or more mutations in the encoding polynucleotide.
When it is desirable to alter the amino acid sequence of a polypeptide to create an equivalent, or even an improved, second-generation molecule, the amino acid changes may be achieved by changing one or more of the codons of the encoding DNA sequence, according to Table 1. : For example, certain amino acids may be substituted for other amino acids in a protein structure without appreciable loss of interactive binding capacity with structures such as, for example, antigen-binding regions of antibodies or binding sites on substrate molecules. Since it is the interactive capacity and nature of a protein that defines that protein's biological functional activity, certain amino acid sequence substitutions can be made in a protein sequence, and, of course, its underlying DNA coding sequence, and nevertheless obtain a protein with like properties. It is thus contemplated by the inventors that various changes may be made in the peptide sequences of the disclosed compositions, or corresponding DNA sequences which encode said peptides without appreciable loss of their biological utility or activity.
TABLE 1
Amino Acids Codons
Alanine Ala A GCA GCC GCG GCU
Cysteine Cys C UGC UGU "Aspartic acid Asp D GAC GAU
Glutamic acid Glu E GAA GAG
Phenylalanine Phe F uuc uuu © Glycine Gy G GGA GGC GGG GGU
Histidine His H CAC. CAU : Isoleucine Ile 1 AUA AUC AUU
Lysine Lys K AAA AAG
Leucine lem L UUA UUG CUA CUC CUG CUU .. Methionine = Met M AUG
Asparagine Asn N AAC AAU
Proline Po P CCA CCC CCG CCU "Glutamine Gh Q CAA CAG
Arginine Arg R AGA AGG CGA CGC CGG CGU ~~ Serine Ser S AGC AGU UCA UCC UCG UCU "Threonine Tr T ACA ACC ACG ACU
Valine Val A\% GUA GUC GUG GUU : Tryptophan Trp wv UGG ‘Tyrosine Tyr Y UAC UAU
In making such changes, the hydropathic index of amino acids may be considered. The importance of the hydropathic amino acid index in conferring interactive biologic function on a protein is generally understood in the art (Kyte and
Doolittle, 1982, incorporated herein by reference). It is accepted that the relative hydropathic character of the amino acid contributes to the secondary structure of the resultant protein, which in turn defines the interaction of the protein with other molecules, for example, enzymes, substrates, receptors, DNA, antibodies, antigens, and the like. Each amino acid has been assigned a hydropathic index on the basis of its . hydrophobicity and charge characteristics (Kyte and Doolittle, 1982). These values are:
isoleucine (+4.5); valine (+4.2); leucine (+3.8); phenylalanine (+2.8); cysteine/cystine (+2.5); methionine (+1.9); alanine (+1.8); glycine (-0.4); threonine (—0.7); serine (- 0.8); tryptophan (0.9); tyrosine (1.3); proline (—1.6); histidine (3.2); glutamate (- 3.5); glutamine (-3.5); aspartate (3.5); asparagine (3.5); lysine (-3.9); and arginine (- 4.5).
It is known in the art that certain amino acids may be substituted by other amino acids having a similar hydropathic index or score and still result in a protein with similar biological activity, ie. still obtain a biological functionally equivalent protein. In making such changes, the substitution of amino acids whose hydropathic indices are within +2 is preferred, those within +1 are particularly preferred, and those within +0.5 are even more particularly preferred. It is also understood in the art that the substitution of like amino acids can be made effectively on the basis of hydrophilicity. U. S. Patent 4,554,101 (specifically incorporated herein by reference in its entirety), states that the greatest local average hydrophilicity of a protein, as governed by the hydrophilicity of its adjacent amino acids, correlates with a biological property of the protein.
As detailed in U. S. Patent 4,554,101, the following hydrophilicity values have been assigned to amino acid residues: arginine (+3.0); lysine (+3.0); aspartate (+3.0 + 1); glutamate (+3.0 + 1); serine (+0.3); asparagine (+0.2); glutamine (40.2); glycine (0); threonine (—0.4); proline (—0.5 + 1); alanine (~0.5); histidine (-0.5); cysteine (~1.0); methionine (-1.3); valine (-1.5); leucine (~1.8); isoleucine (-1.8); tyrosine (2.3); phenylalanine (2.5); tryptophan (—3.4). It is understood that an amino acid can be substituted for another having a similar hydrophilicity value and still obtain a biologically equivalent, and in particular, an immunologically equivalent protein. In such changes, the substitution of amino acids whose hydrophilicity values are within +2 is preferred, those within +1 are particularly preferred, and those within +0.5 are even more particularly preferred.
As outlined above, amino acid substitutions are generally therefore based on the relative similarity of the amino acid side-chain substituents, for example, their hydrophobicity, hydrophilicity, charge, size, and the like. Exemplary substitutions that take various of the foregoing characteristics into consideration are well known to those of skill in the art and include: arginine and lysine; glutamate and aspartate; serine and threonine; glutamine and asparagine; and valine, leucine and isoleucine.
In addition, any polynucleotide may be further modified to increase stability in vivo. Possible modifications include, but are not limited to, the addition of flanking sequences at the 5' and/or 3' ends; the use of phosphorothioate or 2' O-methyl rather than phosphodiesterase linkages in the backbone; and/or the inclusion of ~ nontraditional bases such as inosine, queosine and wybutosine, as well as acetyl- methyl-, thio- and other modified forms of adenine, cytidine, guanine, thymine and uridine.
IN VIVO POLYNUCLEOTIDE DELIVERY TECHNIQUES
In additional embodiments, genetic constructs comprising one or more of the polynucleotides of the invention are introduced into cells in vivo. This may be achieved using any of a variety or well known approaches, several of which are + outlined below for the purpose of illustration. - 1. ADENOVIRUS = One of the preferred methods for in vivo delivery of one or mote nucleic acid sequences involves the use of an adenovirus expression vector. "Adenovirus - expression vector" is meant to include those constructs containing adenovirus sequences sufficient to (a) support packaging of the construct and (b) to express a polynucleotide that has been cloned therein in a sense or antisense orientation. Of course, in the context of an antisense construct, expression does not require that the gene product be synthesized.
The expression vector comprises a genetically engineered form of an adenovirus. Knowledge of the genetic organization of adenovirus, a 36 kb, linear, double-stranded DNA virus, allows substitution of large pieces of adenoviral DNA with foreign sequences up to 7 kb (Grunhaus and Horwitz, 1992). In contrast to retrovirus, the adenoviral infection of host cells does not result in chromosomal integration because adenoviral DNA can replicate in an episomal manner without potential genotoxicity. Also, adenoviruses are structurally stable, and no genome rearrangement has been detected after extensive amplification. Adenovirus can infect virtually all epithelial cells regardless of their cell cycle stage. So far, adenoviral infection appears to be linked only to mild disease such as acute respiratory disease in humans. :
Adenovirus is particularly suitable for use as a gene transfer vector because of its mid-sized genome, ease of manipulation, high titer, wide target-cell range and high infectivity. Both ends of the viral genome contain 100-200 base pair inverted repeats (ITRs), which are cis elements necessary for viral DNA replication and packaging. The early (E) and late (L) regions of the genome contain different transcription units that are divided by the onset of viral DNA replication. The El region (E1A and E1B) encodes proteins responsible for the regulation of transcription of the viral genome and a few cellular genes. The expression of the E2 region (E2A and E2B) results in the synthesis of the proteins for viral DNA replication. These proteins are involved in DNA replication, late gene expression and host cell shut-off (Renan, 1990). The products of the late genes, including the majority of the viral capsid proteins, are expressed only after significant processing of a single primary transcript issued by the major late promoter (MLP). The MLP, (located at 16.8 mu) is particularly efficient during the late phase of infection, and all the mRNAs issued from this promoter possess a 5'-tripartite leader (TPL) sequence which makes them preferred mRNAs for translation. | In a current system, recombinant adenovirus is generated from homologous recombination between shuttle vector and provirus vector. Due to the possible recombination between two proviral vectors, wild-type adenovirus may be generated from this process. Therefore, it is critical to isolate a single clone of virus from an individual plaque and examine its genomic structure.
Generation and propagation of the current adenovirus vectors, which are replication deficient, depend on a unique helper cell line, designated 293, which was transformed from human embryonic kidney cells by Ad5 DNA fragments and constitutively expresses El proteins (Graham ef al., 1977). Since the E3 region is dispensable from the adenovirus genome (Jones and Shenk, 1978), the current adenovirus vectors, with the help of 293 cells, carry foreign DNA in either the E1, the
D3 or both regions (Graham and Prevec, 1991). In nature, adenovirus can package approximately 105% of the wild-type genome (Ghosh-Choudhury et al, 1987), providing capacity for about 2 extra kB of DNA. Combined with the approximately 5.5 kB of DNA that is replaceable in the E1 and E3 regions, the maximum capacity of the current adenovirus vector is under 7.5 kB, or about 15% of the total length of the vector. More than 80% of the adenovirus viral genome remains in the vector backbone : and is the source of vector-borne cytotoxicity. Also, the replication deficiency of the
El-deleted virus is incomplete. For example, leakage of viral gene expression has been "~~ observed with the currently available vectors at high multiplicities of infection (MOI) (Mulligan, 1993).
Helper cell lines may be derived from human cells such as human embryonic kidney cells, muscle cells, hematopoietic cells or other human embryonic mesenchymal or epithelial cells. Alternatively, the helper cells may be derived from the - cells of other mammalian species that are permissive for human adenovirus. Such cells include, .e.g., Vero cells or other monkey embryonic mesenchymal or epithelial cells.
As stated above, the currently preferred helper cell line is 293. Co
Recently, Racher ef al. (1995) disclosed improved methods for culturing 293 cells and propagating adenovirus. In one format, natural cell aggregates are grown , by imoculating individual cells into 1 liter siliconized spinner flasks (Techne,
Cambridge, UK) containing 100-200 ml of medium. Following stirring at 40 rpm, the cell viability is estimated with trypan blue. In another format, Fibra~Cel microcarriers (Bibby Sterlin, Stone, UK) (5 g/l) is employed as follows. A cell inoculum, resuspended in 5 ml of medium, is added to the carrier (50 ml) in a 250 ml Erlenmeyer flask and left stationary, with occasional agitation, for 1 to 4 h. The medium is then replaced with 50 ml of fresh medium and shaking initiated. For virus production, cells are allowed to grow to about 80% confluence, after which time the medium is replaced (to 25% of the final volume) and adenovirus added at an MOI of 0.05. Cultures are left stationary overnight, following which the volume is increased to 100% and shaking commenced for another 72 h.
Other than the requirement that the adenovirus vector be replication defective, or at least conditionally defective, the nature of the adenovirus vector is not believed to be crucial to the successful practice of the invention. The adenovirus may be of any of the 42 different known serotypes or subgroups A-F. Adenovirus type 5 of subgroup C is the preferred starting material in order to obtain a conditional replication- defective adenovirus vector for use in the present invention, since Adenovirus type $5 is a human adenovirus about which a great deal of biochemical and genetic information is known, and it has historically been used for most constructions employing adenovirus as a vector.
As stated above, the typical vector according to the present invention is replication defective and will not have an adenovirus E1 region. Thus, it will be most convenient to introduce the polynucleotide encoding the gene of interest at the position from which the El-coding sequences have been removed. However, the position of insertion of the construct within the adenovirus sequences is not critical to the invention. The polynucleotide encoding the gene of interest may also be inserted in lieu of the deleted E3 region in E3 replacement vectors as described by Karlsson et al. (1986) or in the E4 region where a helper cell line or helper virus complements the E4 defect.
Adenovirus is easy to grow and manipulate and exhibits broad host range in vitro and in vivo. This group of viruses can be obtained in high titers, e.g, 10°- 10! plaque-forming units per ml, and they are highly infective. The life cycle of adenovirus does not require integration into the host cell genome. The foreign genes delivered by adenovirus vectors are episomal and, therefore, have low genotoxicity to host cells. No side effects have been reported in studies of vaccination with wild-type adenovirus (Couch et al, 1963; Top et al, 1971), demonstrating their safety and therapeutic potential as in vivo gene transfer vectors. ~ Adenovirus vectors have been used in eukaryotic gene expression (Levrero et al., 1991; Gomez-Foix et al., 1992) and vaccine development (Grunhaus and Horwitz, 1992; Graham and Prevec, 1992). Recently, animal studies suggested that recombinant adenovirus could be used for gene therapy (Stratford-Perricaudet and
Perricaudet, 1991; Stratford-Perricaudet et al., 1990; Rich et al, 1993). Studies in administering recombinant adenovirus to different tissues include trachea instillation (Rosenfeld er al., 1991; Rosenfeld ef al., 1992), muscle injection (Ragot ef al., 1993),
peripheral intravenous injections (Herz and Gerard, 1993) and stereotactic inoculation into the brain (Le Gal La Salle et al., 1993). 2. RETROVIRUSES : The retroviruses are a group of single-stranded RNA viruses > characterized by an ability to convert their RNA to double-stranded DNA in infected cells by a process of reverse-transcription (Coffin, 1990). The resulting DNA then stably integrates into cellular chromosomes as a provirus and directs synthesis of viral proteins. The integration results in the retention of the viral gene sequences in the "recipient cell and its descendants. The retroviral genome contains three genes, gag, pol, and env that code for capsid proteins, polymerase enzyme, and envelope components, respectively. A sequence found upstream from the gag gene contains a signal for packaging of the genome into virions. Two long terminal repeat (LTR) sequences are present at the 5' and 3’ ends of the viral genome. These contain strong promoter and enhancer sequences and are also required for integration in the host cell genome (Coffin, 1990). "+ In order to construct a retroviral vector, a nucleic acid encoding one or more oligonucleotide or polynucleotide sequences of interest is inserted into the viral genome in the place of certain viral sequences to produce a virus that is replication- + defective. In order to produce virions, a packaging cell line containing the gag, pol, and env genes but without the LTR and packaging components is constructed (Mann ef al., 1983). When a recombinant plasmid containing a cDNA, together with the retroviral
LTR and packaging sequences is introduced into this cell line (by calcium phosphate precipitation for example), the packaging sequence allows the RNA transcript of the + recombinant plasmid to be packaged into viral particles, which are then secreted into the culture media (Nicolas and Rubenstein, 1988; Temin, 1986; Mann ef al., 1983).
The media containing the recombinant retroviruses is then collected, optionally concentrated, and used for gene transfer. Retroviral vectors are able to infect a broad variety of cell types. However, integration and stable expression require the division of - host cells (Paskind et al., 1975).
A novel approach designed to allow specific targeting of retrovirus vectors was recently developed based on the chemical modification of a retrovirus by the chemical addition of lactose residues to the viral envelope. This modification could permit the specific infection of hepatocytes via sialoglycoprotein receptors.
A different approach to targeting of recombinant retroviruses was designed in which biotinylated antibodies against a retroviral envelope protein and against a specific cell receptor were used. The antibodies were coupled via the biotin components by using streptavidin (Roux ef al., 1989). Using antibodies against major histocompatibility complex class I and class II antigens, they demonstrated the infection of a variety of human cells that bore those surface antigens with an ecotropic virus in vitro (Roux et al., 1989). 3. ADENO-ASSOCIATED VIRUSES
AAV (Ridgeway, 1988; Hermonat and Muzycska, 1984) is a parovirus, discovered as a contamination of adenoviral stocks. It is a ubiquitous virus (antibodies are present in 85% of the US human population) that has not been linked to any disease.
It is also classified as a dependovirus, because its replications is dependent on the presence of a helper virus, such as adenovirus. Five serotypes have been isolated, of which AAV-2 is the best characterized. AAV has a single-stranded linear DNA that is encapsidated into capsid proteins VP1, VP2 and VP3 to form an icosahedral virion of 20 to 24 nm in diameter (Muzyczka and McLaughlin, 1988).
The AAV DNA is approximately 4.7 kilobases long. It contains two open reading frames and is flanked by two ITRs. There are two major genes in the
AAV genome: rep and cap. The rep gene codes for proteins responsible for viral replications, whereas cap codes for capsid protein VP1-3. Each ITR forms a T-shaped hairpin structure. These terminal repeats are the only essential cis components of the
AAV for chromosomal integration. Therefore, the AAV can be used as a vector with all viral coding sequences removed and replaced by the cassette of genes for delivery.
Three viral promoters have been identified and named pS, p19, and p40, according to their map position. Transcription from p35 and p19 results in production of rep proteins,
and transcription from p40 produces the capsid proteins (Hermonat and Muzyczka,
There are several factors that prompted researchers to study the possibility of using rAAV as an expression vector One is that the requirements for delivering a gene to integrate into the host chromosome are surprisingly few. It is necessary to have the 145-bp ITRs, which are only 6% of the AAV genome. This leaves room in the vector to assemble a 4.5-kb DNA insertion. While this carrying capacity may prevent the AAV from delivering large genes, it is amply suited for delivering the antisense constructs of the present invention.
AAV is also a good choice of delivery vehicles due to its safety. There is a relatively complicated rescue mechanism: not only wild type adenovirus but also
AAV genes are required to mobilize rAAV. Likewise, AAV is not pathogenic and not associated with any disease. The removal of viral coding sequences minimizes immune
Co reactions to viral gene expression, and therefore, TAAV does not evoke an inflammatory response. oo or
C4, OTHER VIRAL VECTORS AS EXPRESSION CONSTRUCTS : a. Other viral vectors may be employed as expression constructs in the present invention for the delivery of oligonucleotide or polynucleotide sequences to a host cell. Vectors derived from viruses such as vaccinia virus (Ridgeway, 1988;
Coupar et al., 1988), lentiviruses, polio viruses and herpes viruses may be employed.
They offer several attractive features for various mammalian cells (Friedmann, 1989;
Ridgeway, 1988; Coupar et al., 1988; Horwich et al., 1990).
With the recent recognition of defective hepatitis B viruses, new insight was gained into the structure-function relationship of different viral sequences. In vitro studies showed that the virus could retain the ability for helper-dependent packaging and reverse transcription despite the deletion of up to 80% of its genome (Horwich ef al., 1990). This suggested that large portions of the genome could be replaced with foreign genetic material. The hepatotropism and persistence (integration) were particularly attractive properties for liver-directed gene transfer. Chang ef al. (1991) introduced the. chloramphenicol acetyltransferase (CAT) gene into duck hepatitis B virus genome in the place of the polymerase, surface, and pre-surface coding sequences.
It was cotransfected with wild-type virus into an avian hepatoma cell line. Culture media containing high titers of the recombinant virus were used to infect primary duckling hepatocytes. Stable CAT gene expression was detected for at least 24 days after transfection (Chang et al., 1991). 5. NON-VIRAL VECTORS
In order to effect expression of the oligonucleotide or polynucleotide sequences of the present invention, the expression construct must be delivered into a cell. This delivery may be accomplished in vitro, as in laboratory procedures for transforming cells lines, or in vivo or ex vivo, as in the treatment of certain disease states. As described above, one preferred mechanism for delivery is via viral infection where the expression construct is encapsulated in an infectious viral particle.
Once the expression construct has been delivered into the cell the nucleic acid encoding the desired oligonucleotide or polynucleotide sequences may be positioned and expressed at different sites. In certain embodiments, the nucleic acid encoding the construct may be stably integrated into the genome of the cell. This integration may be in the specific location and orientation via homologous recombination (gene replacement) or it may be integrated in a random, non-specific location (gene augmentation). In yet further embodiments, the nucleic acid may be stably maintained in the cell as a separate, episomal segment of DNA. Such nucleic acid segments or "episomes" encode sequences sufficient to permit maintenance and replication independent of or in synchronization with the host cell cycle. How the expression construct is delivered to a cell and where in the cell the nucleic acid remains is dependent on the type of expression construct employed.
In certain embodiments of the invention, the expression construct comprising one or more oligonucleotide or polynucleotide sequences may simply consist of naked recombinant DNA. or plasmids. Transfer of the construct may be performed by any of the methods mentioned above which physically or chemically permeabilize the cell membrane. This is particularly applicable for transfer in vitro but it may be applied to in vivo use as well. Dubensky er al. (1984) successfully injected
‘polyomavirus DNA in the form of calcium phosphate precipitates into liver and spleen of adult and newborn mice demonstrating active viral replication and acute infection. . Benvenisty and Reshef (1986) also demonstrated that direct intraperitoneal injection of calcium phosphate-precipitated plasmids results in expression of the transfected genes.
It is envisioned that DNA encoding a gene of interest may also be transferred in a similar manner in vivo and express the gene product.
Another embodiment of the invention for transferring a naked DNA expression construct into cells may involve particle bombardment. This method depends on the ability to accelerate DNA-coated microprojectiles to a high velocity allowing them to pierce cell membranes and enter cells without killing them (Klein ez al., 1987). Several devices for accelerating small particles have been developed. One such device relies on a high voltage discharge to generate an electrical current, which in «. turn provides the motive force (Yang et al, 1990). The microprojectiles used have . consisted of biologically inert substances such as tungsten or gold beads. 15: ... Selected organs including the liver, skin, and muscle tissue of rats and mice have been bombarded in vivo (Yang et al., 1990; Zelenin et al., 1991). This may ~ require surgical exposure of the tissue or cells, to eliminate any intervening tissue -. between the gun and the target organ, i.e. ex vivo treatment. Again, DNA encoding a particular gene may be delivered via this method and still be incorporated by the present invention. N
ANTISENSE OLIGONUCLEOTIDES
The end result of the flow of genetic information is the synthesis of protein. DNA is transcribed by polymerases into messenger RNA and translated on the ribosome to yield a folded, functional protein. Thus there are several steps along the route where protein synthesis can be inhibited. The native DNA segment coding for a polypeptide described herein, as all such mammalian DNA strands, has two strands: a sense strand and an antisense strand held together by hydrogen bonding. The messenger RNA coding for polypeptide has the same nucleotide sequence as the sense
DNA strand except that the DNA thymidine is replaced by uridine. Thus, synthetic antisense nucleotide sequences will bind to 2a mRNA and inhibit expression of the protein encoded by that mRNA.
The targeting of antisense oligonucleotides to mRNA is thus one mechanism to shut down protein synthesis, and, consequently, represents a powerful and targeted therapeutic approach. For example, the synthesis of polygalactauronase and the muscarine type 2 acetylcholine receptor are inhibited by antisense oligonucleotides directed to their respective mRNA sequences (U. S. Patent 5,739,119 and U. S. Patent 5,759,829, each specifically incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). Further, examples of antisense inhibition have been demonstrated with the nuclear protein cyclin, the multiple drug resistance gene (MDG1), ICAM-1, E-selectin,
STK-1, striatal GABAA receptor and human EGF (Jaskulski et al., 1988;
Vasanthakumar and Ahmed, 1989; Peris ef al., 1998; U. S. Patent 5,801,154; U. S.
Patent 5,789,573; U. S. Patent 5,718,709 and U. S. Patent 5,610,288, each specifically incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). Antisense constructs have also been described that inhibit and can be used to treat a variety of abnormal cellular proliferations, e.g. cancer (U. S. Patent 5,747,470; U. S. Patent 5,591,317 and U. S.
Patent 5,783,683, each specifically incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).
Therefore, in exemplary embodiments, the invention provides oligonucleotide sequences that comprise all, or a portion of, any sequence that is capable of specifically binding to polynucleotide sequence described herein, or a complement thereof. In one embodiment, the antisense oligonucleotides comprise
DNA or derivatives thereof. In another embodiment, the oligonucleotides comprise
RNA or derivatives thereof. In a third embodiment, the oligonucleotides are modified
DNAs comprising a phosphorothioated modified backbone. In a fourth embodiment, the oligonucleotide sequences comprise peptide nucleic acids or derivatives thereof. In each case, preferred compositions comprise a sequence region that is complementary, and more preferably substantially-complementary, and even more preferably, completely complementary to one or more portions of polynucleotides disclosed herein.
Selection of antisense compositions specific for a given gene sequence is based upon analysis of the chosen target sequence (i.e. in these illustrative examples the rat and human sequences) and determination of secondary structure, Tw, binding energy, relative stability, and antisense compositions were selected based upon their relative inability to form dimers, hairpins, or other secondary structures that would reduce or prohibit specific binding to the target mRNA in a host cell.
Highly preferred target regions of the mRNA, are those which are at or near the AUG translation initiation codon, and those sequences which were substantially complementary to 5° regions of the mRNA. These secondary structure analyses and target site selection considerations were performed using v.4 of the . OLIGO primer analysis software (Rychlik, 1997) and the BLASTN 2.0.5 algorithm software (Altschul ef al., 1997). :
The use of an antisense delivery method employing a short peptide vector, termed MPG (27 residues), is also contemplated. The MPG peptide contains a : hydrophobic domain derived from the fusion sequence of HIV gp41 and a hydrophilic +» domain from the nuclear localization sequence of SV40 T-antigen (Moris et al., 1997). + It has been demonstrated that several molecules of the MPG peptide coat the antisense 15: oligonucleotides and can be delivered into cultured mammalian cells in less than 1 hour - with relatively high efficiency (90%). Further, the interaction with MPG strongly increases both the stability of the oligonucleotide to nuclease and the ability to cross the + plasma metibisns (Morris et al., 1997). :
RiBOZYMES
Although proteins traditionally have been used for catalysis of nucleic acids, another class of macromolecules has emerged as useful in this endeavor.
Ribozymes are RNA-protein complexes that cleave nucleic acids in a site-specific fashion. Ribozymes have specific catalytic domains that possess endonuclease activity (Kim and Cech, 1987; Gerlach et al., 1987; Forster and Symons, 1987). For example, a large number of ribozymes accelerate phosphoester transfer reactions with a high degree of specificity, often cleaving only one of several phosphoesters in an oligonucleotide substrate (Cech er al., 1981; Michel and Westhof, 1990; Reinhold-
Hurek and Shub, 1992). This specificity has been attributed to the requirement that the : substrate bind via specific base-pairing interactions to the internal guide sequence ("IGS") of the ribozyme prior to chemical reaction.
Ribozyme catalysis has primarily been observed as part of sequence- specific cleavage/ligation reactions involving nucleic acids (Joyce, 1989; Cech et al, 1981). For example, U. S. Patent No. 5,354,855 (specifically incorporated herein by reference) reports that certain ribozymes can act as endonucleases with a sequence
S specificity greater than that of known ribonucleases and approaching that of the DNA restriction enzymes. Thus, sequence-specific ribozyme-mediated inhibition of gene expression may be particularly suited to therapeutic applications (Scanlon ef al., 1991;
Sarver et al., 1990). Recently, it was reported that ribozymes elicited genetic changes in some cells lines to which they were applied; the altered genes included the oncogenes
H-ras, c-fos and genes of HIV. Most of this work involved the modification of a target mRNA, based on a specific mutant codon that is cleaved by a specific ribozyme.
Six basic varieties of naturally-occurring enzymatic RNAs are known "presently. Each can catalyze the hydrolysis of RNA phosphodiester bonds in trans (and thus can cleave other RNA molecules) under physiological conditions. In general, enzymatic nucleic acids act by first binding to a target RNA. Such binding occurs through the target binding portion of a enzymatic nucleic acid which is held in close proximity to an enzymatic portion of the molecule that acts to cleave the target RNA.
Thus, the enzymatic nucleic acid first recognizes and then binds a target RNA through complementary base-pairing, and once bound to the correct site, acts enzymatically to cut the target RNA. Strategic cleavage of such a target RNA will destroy its ability to direct synthesis of an encoded protein. After an enzymatic nucleic acid has bound and cleaved its RNA target, it is released from that RNA to search for another target and can repeatedly bind and cleave new targets.
The enzymatic nature of a ribozyme is advantageous over many technologies, such as antisense technology (where a nucleic acid molecule simply binds to a nucleic acid target to block its translation) since the concentration of ribozyme necessary to affect a therapeutic treatment is lower than that of an antisense oligonucleotide. =~ This advantage reflects the ability of the ribozyme to act enzymatically. Thus, a single ribozyme molecule is able to cleave many molecules of target RNA. In addition, the ribozyme is a highly specific inhibitor, with the specificity of inhibition depending not only on the base pairing mechanism of binding to the target
RNA, but also on the mechanism of target RNA cleavage. Single mismatches, or base- substitutions, near the site of cleavage can completely eliminate catalytic activity of a ribozyme. Similar mismatches in antisense molecules do not prevent their action (Woolf et al., 1992). Thus, the specificity of action of a ribozyme is greater than that of an antisense oligonucleotide binding the same RNA site.
The enzymatic nucleic acid molecule may be formed in a hammerhead, hairpin, a hepatitis 8 virus, group I intron or RNaseP RNA (in association with an RNA . guide sequence) or Neurospora VS RNA motif. Examples of hammerhead motifs are described by Rossi ef al. (1992). Examples of hairpin motifs are described by Hampel etal (Eur. Pat. Appl. Publ. No. EP 0360257), Hampel and Tritz (1989), Hampel et al: (1990) and U. S. Patent 5,631,359 (specifically incorporated herein by reference). An example of the hepatitis & virus motif is described by Perrotta and Been (1992); an .- example of the RNaseP motif is described by Guerrier-Takada ef al. (1983);
Neurospora VS RNA ribozyme motif is described by Collins (Saville and Collins, 15+ 1990; Saville and Collins, 1991; Collins and Olive, 1993); and an example of the Group - I intron is described in (U. S. Patent 4,987,071, specifically incorporated herein by .. reference). All that is important in an enzymatic nucleic acid molecule of this invention ~... is that it has a specific substrate binding site which is complementary to one or more of the target gene RNA regions, and that it have nucleotide sequences within or surrounding that substrate binding site which impart an RNA cleaving activity to the molecule. Thus the ribozyme constructs need not be limited to specific motifs mentioned herein.
In certain embodiments, it may be important to produce enzymatic cleaving agents which exhibit a high degree of specificity for the RNA of a desired target, such as one of the sequences disclosed herein. The enzymatic nucleic acid molecule is preferably targeted to a highly conserved sequence region of a target mRNA. Such enzymatic nucleic acid molecules can be delivered exogenously to specific cells as required. Alternatively, the ribozymes can be expressed from DNA or
RNA vectors that are delivered to specific cells.
Small enzymatic nucleic acid motifs (e.g, of the hammerhead or the : hairpin structure) may also be used for exogenous delivery. The simple structure of these molecules increases the ability of the enzymatic nucleic acid to invade targeted regions of the mRNA structure. Alternatively, catalytic RNA molecules can be expressed within cells from eukaryotic promoters (e.g., Scanlon ef al., 1991; Kashani-
Sabet et al., 1992; Dropulic et al., 1992; Weerasinghe ef al., 1991; Ojwang ef al., 1992;
Chen etal, 1992; Sarver etal, 1990). Those skilled in the art realize that any ribozyme can be expressed in eukaryotic cells from the appropriate DNA vector. The activity of such ribozymes can be augmented by their release from the primary transcript by a second ribozyme (Int. Pat. Appl. Publ. No. WO 93/23569, and Int. Pat.
Appl. Publ. No. WO 94/02595, both hereby incorporated by reference; Ohkawa et al., 1992; Taira et al., 1991; and Ventura et al., 1993).
Ribozymes may be added directly, or can be complexed with cationic lipids, lipid complexes, packaged within liposomes, or otherwise delivered to target cells. The RNA or RNA complexes can be locally administered to relevant tissues ex vivo, or in vivo through injection, aerosol inhalation, infusion pump or stent, with or without their incorporation in biopolymers.
Ribozymes may be designed as described in Int. Pat. Appl. Publ. No.
WO 93/23569 and Int. Pat. Appl. Publ. No. WO 94/02595, each specifically incorporated herein by reference) and synthesized to be tested in vitro and in vivo, as described. Such ribozymes can also be optimized for delivery. While specific examples are provided, those in the art will recognize that equivalent RNA targets in other species can be utilized when necessary.
Hammerhead or hairpin ribozymes may be individually analyzed by computer folding (Jaeger et al., 1989) to assess whether the ribozyme sequences fold into the appropriate secondary structure. Those ribozymes with unfavorable intramolecular interactions between the binding arms and the catalytic core are eliminated from consideration. Varying binding arm lengths can be chosen to optimize activity. Generally, at least 5 or so bases on each arm are able to bind to, or otherwise interact with, the target RNA.
Ribozymes of the hammerhead or hairpin motif may be designed to anneal to various sites in the mRNA message, and can be chemically synthesized. The method of synthesis used follows the procedure for normal RNA synthesis as described
+ in Usman et al. (1987) and in Scaringe ef al. (1990) and makes use of common nucleic acid protecting and coupling groups, such as dimethoxytrityl at the 5'-end, and phosphoramidites at the 3’-end. Average stepwise coupling yields are typically >98%.
Hairpin ribozymes may be synthesized in two parts and annealed to reconstruct an active ribozyme (Chowrira and Burke, 1992). Ribozymes may be modified extensively to enhance stability by modification with nuclease resistant groups, for example, 2'- amino, 2'-C-allyl, 2'-flouro, 2'-o-methyl, 2’-H (for a review see e.g, Usman and
Cedergren, 1992). Ribozymes may be purified by gel electrophoresis using general methods or by high pressure liquid chromatography and resuspended in water.
Ribozyme activity can be optimized by altering the length of the ribozyme binding arms, or chemically synthesizing ribozymes with modifications that prevent their degradation by serum ribonucleases (see e.g., Int. Pat. Appl. Publ. No. “ WO 92/07065; Perrault er al, 1990; Pieken et al., 1991; Usman and Cedergren, 1992; * Int. Pat. Appl. Publ. No. WO 93/15187; Int. Pat. Appl. Publ. No. WO 91/03162; Eur.
Pat. Appl. Publ. No. 92110298.4; U. S. Patent 5,334,711; and Int. Pat.’ Appl. Publ. No. + WO 94/13688, which describe various chemical modifications that can be made to the "sugar moieties of enzymatic RNA molecules), modifications which enhance their “efficacy in cells, and removal of stem II bases to shorten RNA synthesis times and reduce chemical requirements. | oo
Sullivan etal. (Int. Pat. Appl. Publ. No. WO 94/02595) describes the general methods for delivery of enzymatic RNA molecules. Ribozymes may be administered to cells by a variety of methods known to those familiar to the art, including, but not restricted to, encapsulation in liposomes, by iontophoresis, or by incorporation into other vehicles, such as hydrogels, cyclodextrins, biodegradable nanocapsules, and bioadhesive microspheres. For some indications, ribozymes may be directly delivered ex vivo to cells or tissues with or without the aforementioned vehicles. Alternatively, the RNA/vehicle combination may be locally delivered by direct inhalation, by direct injection or by use of a catheter, infusion pump or stent.
Other routes of delivery include, but are not limited to, intravascular, intramuscular, subcutaneous or joint injection, aerosol inhalation, oral (tablet or pill form), topical, systemic, ocular, intraperitoneal and/or intrathecal delivery. More detailed descriptions of ribozyme delivery and administration are provided in Int. Pat. Appl. Publ. No. WO 94/02595 and Int. Pat. Appl. Publ. No. WO 93/23569, each specifically incorporated herein by reference.
Another means of accumulating high concentrations of a ribozyme(s) within cells is to incorporate the ribozyme-encoding sequences into a DNA expression vector. Transcription of the ribozyme sequences are driven from a promoter for eukaryotic RNA polymerase I (pol I), RNA polymerase II (pol II), or RNA polymerase
III (pol IT). Transcripts from pol II or pol III promoters will be expressed at high levels in all cells; the levels of a given pol II promoter in a given cell type will depend on the nature of the gene regulatory sequences (enhancers, silencers, etc.) present nearby.
Prokaryotic RNA polymerase promoters may also be used, providing that the prokaryotic RNA polymerase enzyme is expressed in the appropriate cells (Elroy-Stein and Moss, 1990; Gao and Huang, 1993; Lieber etal, 1993; Zhou etal, 1990).
Ribozymes expressed from such promoters can function in mammalian cells (e.g.
Kashani-Saber ez al., 1992; Ojwang et al., 1992; Chen etal, 1992; Yu etal, 1993;
L'Huillier et al, 1992; Lisziewicz etal, 1993). Such transcription units can be incorporated into a variety of vectors for introduction into mammalian cells, including but not restricted to, plasmid DNA vectors, viral DNA vectors (such as adenovirus or adeno-associated vectors), or viral RNA vectors (such as retroviral, semliki forest virus, sindbis virus vectors).
Ribozymes may be used as diagnostic tools to examine genetic drift and mutations within diseased cells. They can also be used to assess levels of the target
RNA molecule. The close relationship between ribozyme activity and the structure of the target RNA allows the detection of mutations in any region of the molecule which alters the base-pairing and three-dimensional structure of the target RNA. By using multiple ribozymes, one may map nucleotide changes which are important to RNA structure and function in vitro, as well as in cells and tissues. Cleavage of target RNAs with ribozymes may be used to inhibit gene expression and define the role (essentially) of specified gene products in the progression of disease. In this manner, other genetic targets may be defined as important mediators of the disease. These studies will lead to better treatment of the disease progression by affording the possibility of combinational therapies (e.g., multiple ribozymes targeted to different genes, ribozymes coupled with known small molecule inhibitors, or intermittent treatment with combinations of ribozymes and/or other chemical or biological molecules). Other in vitro uses of ribozymes are well known in the art, and include detection of the presence of mRNA associated with an IL-5 related.condition. Such RNA is detected by determining the presence of a cleavage product after treatment with a ribozyme using standard - methodology. E
PEPTIDE NUCLEIC ACIDS
= In certain embodiments, the inventors contemplate the use of peptide nucleic acids (PNAs) in the practice of the methods of the invention. PNA is a DNA mimic in which the nucleobases are attached to a pseudopeptide backbone (Good and . .~ Nielsen, 1997). PNA is able to be utilized in a number methods that traditionally have used RNA or DNA. Often PNA sequences perform better in techniques than the -* . corresponding RNA or DNA sequences and have utilities that are not inherent to RNA or DNA. A review of PNA including methods of making, characteristics of, and methods of using, is provided by Corey ( 1997) and is incorporated herein by reference. " ::- As such, in certain embodiments, one may prepare PNA sequences that are complementary to one or more portions of the ACE mRNA sequence, and such PNA compositions may be used to regulate, alter, decrease, or reduce the translation of ACE- specific mRNA, and thereby alter the level of ACE activity in a host cell to which such
PNA compositions have been administered.
PNAs have 2-aminoethyl-glycine linkages replacing the normal . phosphodiester backbone of DNA (Nielsen et al., 1991; Hanvey ef al., 1992; Hyrup and - Nielsen, 1996; Neilsen, 1996). This chemistry has three important consequences: firstly, in contrast to DNA or phosphorothioate oligonucleotides, PNAs are neutral molecules; secondly, PNAs are achiral, which avoids the need to develop a stereoselective synthesis; and thirdly, PNA synthesis uses standard Boc (Ducholm et al., 1994) or Fmoc (Thomson et al., 1995) protocols for solid-phase peptide synthesis, although other methods, including a modified Merrifield method, have been used (Christensen ef al., 1995). Co
PNA monomers or ready-made oligomers are commercially available from PerSeptive Biosystems (Framingham, MA). PNA syntheses by either Boc or
Fmoc protocols are straightforward using manual or automated protocols (Norton et al., 1995). The manual protocol lends itself to the production of chemically modified PNAs or the simultaneous synthesis of families of closely related PNAs.
As with peptide synthesis, the success of a particular PNA synthesis will depend on the properties of the chosen sequence. For example, while in theory PNAs can incorporate any combination of nucleotide bases, the presence of adjacent purines can lead to deletions of one or more residues in the product. In expectation of this difficulty, it is suggested that, in producing PNAs with adjacent purines, one should repeat the coupling of residues likely to be added inefficiently. This should be followed by the purification of PNAs by reverse-phase high-pressure liquid chromatography (Norton et al., 1995) providing yields and purity of product similar to those observed during the synthesis of peptides.
Modifications of PNAs for a given application may be accomplished by coupling amino acids during solid-phase synthesis or by attaching compounds that contain a carboxylic acid group to the exposed N-terminal amine. Alternatively, PNAs can be modified after synthesis by coupling to an introduced lysine or cysteine. The ease with which PNAs can be modified facilitates optimization for better solubility or for specific functional requirements. Once synthesized, the identity of PNAs and their derivatives can be confirmed by mass spectrometry. Several studies have made and utilized modifications of PNAs (Norton et al., 1995; Haaima et al., 1996; Stetsenko et al., 1996; Petersen et al., 1995; Ulmann et al., 1996; Koch et al., 1995; Orum ef al., 1995; Footer et al., 1996; Griffith ef al., 1995; Kremsky et al., 1996; Pardridge ef al., 1995; Boffa et al, 1995; Landsdorp et al., 1996; Gambacorti-Passerini et al., 1996;
Armitage et al., 1997; Seeger et al, 1997; Ruskowski et al, 1997). U.S. Patent No. 5,700,922 discusses PNA-DNA-PNA chimeric molecules and their uses in diagnostics, modulating protein in organisms, and treatment of conditions susceptible to therapeutics.
In contrast to DNA and RNA, which contain negatively charged linkages, the PNA backbone is neutral. In spite of this dramatic alteration, PNAs recognize complementary DNA and RNA by Watson-Crick pairing (Egholm et al., 1993), validating the initial modeling by Nielsen ef al. (1991). PNAs lack 3’ to 5’ polarity and can bind in either parallel or antiparallel fashion, with the antiparallel mode being preferred (Egholm et al., 1993).
Hybridization of DNA oligonucleotides to DNA and RNA is destabilized by electrostatic ‘repulsion between the negatively charged phosphate backbones of the complementary strands. By contrast, the absence of charge repulsion in. PNA-DNA or PNA-RNA duplexes increases the melting temperature (7) and reduces the dependence of Tr, on the concentration of mono- or divalent cations (Nielsen et al., 1991). The enhanced rate and affinity of hybridization are significant because they are responsible for the surprising ability of PNAs to perform strand ‘invasion of complementary sequences within relaxed double-stranded DNA. In “addition, the efficient hybridization at inverted repeats suggests that PNAs can recognize secondary structure effectively within double-stranded DNA. Enhanced recognition also occurs with PNAs immobilized on surfaces, and Wang et al. have shown that support-bound PNAs can be used to detect hybridization events (Wang et -al., 1996). : = ~ One might expect that tight ‘binding of PNAs to complementary sequences would also increase binding to similar (but not identical) sequences, reducing the sequence specificity of PNA recognition. As with DNA hybridization, however, selective recognition can be achieved by balancing oligomer length and incubation temperature. Moreover, selective hybridization of PNAS is encouraged by PNA-DNA aE hybridization being less tolerant of base mismatches than DNA-DNA hybridization.
For example, a single mismatch within a 16 bp PNA-DNA duplex can reduce the Tj, by up to 15°C (Egholm et al., 1993). This high level of discrimination has allowed the development of several PNA-based strategies for the analysis of point mutations (Wang et al., 1996; Carlsson ef al., 1996; Thiede et al., 1996; Webb and Hurskainen, 1996;
Perry-O'Keefe et al., 1996).
High-affinity binding provides clear advantages for molecular recognition and the development of new applications for PNAs. For example, 11-13 nucleotide PNAs inhibit the activity of telomerase, a ribonucleo-protein that extends telomere ends using an essential RNA template, while the analogous DNA oligomers do not (Norton et al., 1996).
Neutral PNAs are more hydrophobic than analogous DNA oligomers, and this can lead to difficulty solubilizing them at neutral pH, especially if the PNAs have a high purine content or if they have the potential to form secondary structures.
Their solubility can be enhanced by attaching one or more positive charges to the PNA termini (Nielsen et al., 1991).
Findings by Allfrey and colleagues suggest that strand invasion will occur spontaneously at sequences within chromosomal DNA (Boffa ef al., 1995; Boffa etal, 1996). These studies targeted PNAs to triplet repeats of the nucleotides CAG and used this recognition to purify transcriptionally active DNA (Boffa et al., 1995) and to inhibit transcription (Boffa et al, 1996). This result suggests that if PNAs can be delivered within cells then they will have the potential to be general sequence-specific regulators of gene expression. Studies and reviews concerning the use of PNAs as antisense and anti-gene agents include Nielsen et al. (1993b), Hanvey et al. (1992), and
Good and Nielsen (1997). Koppelhus ez al. (1997) have used PNAs to inhibit HIV-1 inverse transcription, showing that PNAs may be used for antiviral therapies.
Methods of characterizing the antisense binding properties of PNAs are discussed in Rose (1993) and Jensen et al. (1997). Rose uses capillary gel electrophoresis to determine binding of PNAs to their complementary oligonucleotide, measuring the relative binding kinetics and stoichiometry. Similar types of measurements were made by Jensen et al. using BIAcore™ technology.
Other applications of PNAs include use in DNA strand invasion (Nielsen et al, 1991), antisense inhibition (Hanvey ef al., 1992), mutational analysis (Orum et al., 1993), enhancers of transcription (Mollegaard ef al., 1994), nucleic acid purification (Orum et al, 1995), isolation of transcriptionally active genes (Boffa et al., 1995), blocking of transcription factor binding (Vickers er al, 1995), genome cleavage (Veselkov ef al., 1996), biosensors (Wang ef al., 1996), in situ hybridization (Thisted er al., 1996), and in a alternative to Southern blotting (Perry-O'Keefe, 1996).
POLYPEPTIDE COMPOSITIONS
The present invention, in other aspects, provides polypeptide compositions. Generally, a polypeptide of the invention will be an isolated polypeptide (or an epitope, variant, or active fragment thereof) derived from a mammalian species.
Preferably, the polypeptide is encoded by a polynucleotide sequence disclosed herein or a sequence which hybridizes under moderately stringent conditions to a polynucleotide sequence disclosed herein. Alternatively, the polypeptide may be defined as a + polypeptide which comprises a contiguous amino acid sequence from an amino acid sequence disclosed herein, or which polypeptide comprises an entire amino acid sequence disclosed herein.
In the present invention, a polypeptide composition is also understood to . comprise one or more polypeptides that are immunologically reactive with antibodies - = generated against a polypeptide of the invention, particularly a polypeptide having the - amino acid sequence disclosed in SEQ ID NO: 176, 179, 181, 469-473, 475, 485, 487 15+ and 488, or to active fragments, or to variants or biological functional equivalents thereof. : : Likewise, a polypeptide composition of the present invention is .- understood to comprise one or more polypeptides that are capable of eliciting antibodies that are immunologically reactive with one or more polypeptides encoded by one or more contiguous nucleic acid sequences contained in SEQ ID NO: 1-175, 178, 180, 182-468, 474, 476, 477 479, 484, 486 and 489, or to active fragments, or to variants thereof, or to one or more nucleic acid sequences which hybridize to one or more of these sequences under conditions of moderate to high stringency. Particularly illustrative polypeptides include the amino acid sequence disclosed in SEQ ID NO: 176, 179, 181, 469-473, 475, 485, 487 and 488.
As used herein, an active fragment of a polypeptide includes a whole or a portion of a polypeptide which is modified by conventional techniques, e.g, mutagenesis, or by addition, deletion, or substitution, but which active fragment exhibits substantially the same structure function, antigenicity, etc., as a polypeptide as described herein.
In certain illustrative embodiments, the polypeptides of the invention
CL will comprise at least an immunogenic portion of a breast tumor protein or a variant thereof, as described herein. As noted above, a " breast tumor protein” is a protein that is expressed by breast tumor cells. Proteins that are breast tumor proteins also react detectably within an immunoassay (such as an ELISA) with antisera from a patient with breast cancer. Polypeptides as described herein may be of any length. Additional sequences derived from the native protein and/or heterologous sequences may be present, and such sequences may (but need not) possess further immunogenic or antigenic properties.
An “immunogenic portion,” as used herein is a portion of a protein that is recognized (ie., specifically bound) by a B-cell and/or T-cell surface antigen receptor. Such immunogenic portions generally comprise at least 5 amino acid residues, more preferably at least 10, and still more preferably at least 20 amino acid residues of a breast tumor protein or a variant thereof. Certain preferred immunogenic portions include peptides in which an N-terminal leader sequence and/or transmembrane domain have been deleted. Other preferred immunogenic portions may contain a small N- and/or C-terminal deletion (e.g, 1-30 amino acids, preferably 5-15 amino acids), relative to the mature protein.
Immunogenic portions may generally be identified using well known techniques, such as those summarized in Paul, Fundamental Immunology, 3rd ed., 243- 247 (Raven Press, 1993) and references cited therein. ‘Such techniques include screening polypeptides for the ability to react with antigen-specific antibodies, antisera and/or T-cell lines or clones. As used herein, antisera and antibodies are "antigen- specific" if they specifically bind to an antigen (i.e., they react with the protein in an
ELISA or other immunoassay, and do not react detectably with unrelated proteins).
Such antisera and antibodies may be prepared as described herein, and using well known techniques. An immunogenic portion of a native breast tumor protein is a portion that reacts with such antisera and/or T-cells at a level that is not substantially less than the reactivity of the full length polypeptide (e.g., in an ELISA and/or T-cell reactivity assay). Such immunogenic portions may react within such assays at a level that is similar to or greater than the reactivity of the full length polypeptide. Such screens may generally be performed using methods well known to those of ordinary skill in the art, such as those described in Harlow and Lane, Antibodies: A Laboratory
Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, 1988. For example, a polypeptide may be immobilized on a solid support and contacted with patient sera to allow binding of antibodies within the sera to the immobilized polypeptide. Unbound sera may then be removed and bound antibodies detected using, for example, ‘*’I-labeled Protein A. "As noted above, a composition may comprise a variant of a native breast : tumor protein. A polypeptide “variant,” as used herein, is a polypeptide that differs from a native breast tumor protein in one or more substitutions, deletions, additions and/or insertions, such that the immunogenicity of the polypeptide is not substantially diminished. In other words, the ability of a variant to react with antigen-specific antisera may be enhanced or unchanged, relative to the native protein, or may be .. diminished by less than 50%, and preferably less than 20%, relative to the native © protein. Such variants may generally be identified by modifying one of the above 15: polypeptide sequences and evaluating the reactivity of the modified polypeptide with .. antigen-specific antibodies or antisera as described herein. Preferred variants include .. those in which one or more portions, such as an N-terminal leader sequence or © transmembrane domain, have been removed. Other preferred variants include variants in which a small portion (e.g., 1-30 amino acids, preferably 5-15 amino acids) has been removed from the N- and/or C-terminal of the mature protein.
Polypeptide variants encompassed by the present invention include those exhibiting at least about 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% or more identity (determined as described above) to the polypeptides disclosed herein.
Preferably, a variant contains conservative substitutions. A "conservative substitution” is one in which an amino acid is substituted for another amino acid that has similar properties, such that one skilled in the art of peptide chemistry would expect the secondary structure and hydropathic nature of the polypeptide to be substantially unchanged. Amino acid substitutions may generally be made on the basis of similarity in polarity, charge, solubility, hydrophobicity, hydrophilicity and/or the amphipathic nature of the residues. For example, negatively charged amino acids include aspartic acid and glutamic acid; positively charged amino acids include lysine and arginine; and amino acids with uncharged polar head groups having similar hydrophilicity values include leucine, isoleucine and valine; glycine and alanine; asparagine and glutamine; and serine, threonine, phenylalanine and tyrosine.
Other groups of amino acids that may represent conservative changes include: (1) ala, pro, gly, glu, asp, gin, asn, ser, thr; (2) cys, ser, tyr, thr; (3) val, ile, len, met, ala, phe; (4) lys, arg, his; and (5) phe, tyr, trp, his. A variant may also, or alternatively, contain nonconservative changes. In a preferred embodiment, variant polypeptides differ from a native sequence by substitution, deletion or addition of five amino acids or fewer.
Variants may also (or alternatively) be modified by, for example, the deletion or addition of amino acids that have minimal influence on the immunogenicity, secondary structure and hydropathic nature of the polypeptide.
As noted above, polypeptides may comprise a signal (or leader) ~ sequence at the N-terminal end of the protein, which co-translationally or post- translationally directs transfer of the protein. The polypeptide may also be conjugated to a linker or other sequence for ease of synthesis, purification or identification of the polypeptide (e.g., poly-His), or to enhance binding of the polypeptide to a solid support.
For example, a polypeptide may be conjugated to an immunoglobulin Fc region.
Polypeptides may be prepared using any of a variety of well known techniques. Recombinant polypeptides encoded by DNA sequences as described above may be readily prepared from the DNA sequences using any of a variety of expression vectors known to those of ordinary skill in the art. Expression may be achieved in any appropriate host cell that has been transformed or transfected with an expression vector containing a DNA molecule that encodes a recombinant polypeptide. Suitable host cells include prokaryotes, yeast, and higher eukaryotic cells, such as mammalian cells and plant cells. Preferably, the host cells employed are E. coli, yeast or a mammalian cell line such as COS or CHO. Supernatants from suitable host/vector systems which secrete recombinant protein or polypeptide into culture media may be first concentrated using a commercially available filter. Following concentration, the concentrate may be applied to a suitable purification matrix such as an affinity matrix or an ion exchange resin. Finally, one or more reverse phase HPLC steps can be employed to further purify a recombinant polypeptide.
Portions and other variants having less than about 100 amino acids, and generally less than about 50 amino acids, may also be generated by synthetic means, using techniques well known to those of ordinary skill in the art. For example, such polypeptides may be synthesized using any of the commercially available solid-phase techniques, such as the Merrifield solid-phase synthesis method, where amino acids are sequentially added to a growing amino acid chain. See Merrifield, J Am. Chem. Soc. 85:2149-2146, 1963. Equipment for automated synthesis of polypeptides is commercially available from suppliers such as Perkin Elmer/Applied BioSystems
Division (Foster City, CA), and may be operated according to the manufacturer's instructions. oy Within certain specific embodiments, a polypeptide may be a fusion protein that comprises multiple polypeptides as described herein, or that comprises at .15 least one polypeptide as described herein and an unrelated sequence, such as a known tumor protein. A fusion partner may, for example, assist in providing T helper epitopes (an immunological fusion partner), preferably T helper epitopes recognized by humans,
BN or may assist in expressing the protein (an expression enhancer) at higher yields than the native recombinant protein. Certain preferred fusion partners are both immunological and expression enhancing fusion partners. Other fusion partners may be selected so as to increase the solubility of the protein or to enable the protein to be targeted to desired intracellular compartments. Still further fusion partners include affinity tags, which facilitate purification of the protein.
Fusion proteins may generally be prepared using standard techniques, including chemical conjugation. Preferably, a fusion protein is expressed as a recombinant protein, allowing the production of increased levels, relative to a non-fused protein, in an expression system. Briefly, DNA sequences encoding the polypeptide components may be assembled separately, and ligated into an appropriate expression vector. The 3' end of the DNA sequence encoding one polypeptide component is ligated, with or without a peptide linker, to the 5' end of a DNA sequence encoding the second polypeptide component so that the reading frames of the sequences are in phase.
This permits translation into a single fusion protein that retains the biological activity of both component polypeptides. : A peptide linker sequence may be employed to separate the first and second polypeptide components by a distance sufficient to ensure that each polypeptide folds into its secondary and tertiary structures. Such a peptide linker sequence is incorporated into the fusion protein using standard techniques well known in the art.
Suitable peptide linker sequences may be chosen based on the following factors: (1) their ability to adopt a flexible extended conformation; (2) their inability to adopt a secondary structure that could interact with functional epitopes on the first and second : 10 polypeptides; and (3) the lack of hydrophobic or charged residues that might react with the polypeptide functional epitopes. Preferred peptide linker sequences contain Gly,
Asn and Ser residues. Other near neutral amino acids, such as Thr and Ala may also be used in the linker sequence. Amino acid sequences which may be usefully employed as linkers include those disclosed in Maratea ef al., Gene 40:39-46, 1985; Murphy et al.,
Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 83:8258-8262, 1986; U.S. Patent No. 4,935,233 and U.S.
Patent No. 4,751,180. The linker sequence may generally be from 1 to about 50 amino acids in length. Linker sequences are not required when the first and second polypeptides have non-essential N-terminal amino acid regions that can be used to separate the functional domains and prevent steric interference.
The ligated DNA sequences are operably linked to suitable “ transcriptional or translational regulatory elements. The regulatory elements responsible for expression of DNA are located only 5' to the DNA sequence encoding the first polypeptides. Similarly, stop codons required to end translation and transcription termination signals are only present 3' to the DNA sequence encoding the second polypeptide.
Fusion proteins are also provided. Such proteins comprise a polypeptide as described herein together with an unrelated immunogenic protein. Preferably the immunogenic protein is capable of eliciting a recall response. Examples of such proteins include tetanus, tuberculosis and hepatitis proteins (see, for example, Stoute et al New Engl. J. Med., 336:86-91, 1997). '
Within preferred embodiments, an immunological fusion partner is derived from protein D, a surface protein of the gram-negative bacterium Haemophilus influenza B (WO 91/18926). Preferably, a protein D derivative comprises approximately the first third of the protein (e.g, the first N-terminal 100-110 amino acids), and a protein D derivative may be lipidated. Within certain preferred embodiments, the first 109 residues of a Lipoprotein D fusion partner is included on the
N-terminus to provide the polypeptide with additional exogenous T-cell epitopes and to increase the expression level in E. coli (thus functioning as an expression enhancer).
The lipid tail ensures optimal presentation of the antigen to antigen presenting cells.
Other fusion partners include the non-structural protein from influenzae virus, NS1 (hemaglutinin). Typically, the N-terminal 81 amino acids are used, although different fragments that include T-helper epitopes may be used. & In another embodiment, the immunological fusion partner is the protein “known as LYTA, or a portion thereof (preferably a C-terminal portion). LYTA is derived from Streptococcus pneumoniae, which synthesizes an N-acetyl-L-alanine amidase known as amidase LYTA (encoded by the LytA gene; Gene 43:265-292, - 1986). | LYTA is an autolysin that specifically degrades certain bonds in the . peptidoglycan backbone. The C-terminal domain of the LYTA protein is responsible for the affinity to the choline or to some choline analogues such as DEAE. This property has been exploited for the development of E. coli C-LYTA expressing plasmids useful for expression of fusion proteins. Purification of hybrid proteins containing the C-LYTA fragment at the amino terminus has been described (see
Biotechnology 10:795-798, 1992). Within a preferred embodiment, a repeat portion of
LYTA may be incorporated into a fusion protein. A repeat portion is found in the C- terminal region starting at residue 178. A particularly preferred repeat portion incorporates residues 188-305. : : In general, polypeptides (including fusion proteins) and polynucleotides as described herein are isolated. An “isolated” polypeptide or polynucleotide is one that is removed from its original environment. For example, a naturally-occurring protein is isolated if it is separated from some or all of the coexisting materials in the natural system. Preferably, such polypeptides are at least about 90% pure, more preferably at least about 95% pure and most preferably at least about 99% pure. A polynucleotide is considered to be isolated if, for example, it is cloned into a vector that is not a part of the natural environment.
In order to improve the antigenicity and/or immunogenicity of breast tumor proteins according to the present invention, fusion proteins comprising antigenic and/or immunogenic portions of two or more breast tumor proteins may be prepared.
Exemplary breast tumor fusion proteins may be prepared through conventional recombinant DNA methodology by combining a DNA sequence encoding mammaglobin with a DNA sequence encoding either (1) the combined B726P upstream and downstream ORFs (SEQ ID NO: 490), (2) the upstream B726P ORF (SEQ ID NO: 491), and/or (3) the downstream B726P ORF (SEQ ID NO: 492). See, e.g., Ausubel,
F.M. et al., “Short Protocols in Molecular Biology” (4™ ed. 1999); incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). Exemplary fusion proteins are disclosed herein by SEQ ID
NO: 493 (mammaglobin-combined B726P ORF), SEQ ID NO: 494 (mammaglobin- upstream B726P ORF), and SEQ ID NO: 495 (mammaglobin-downstream B726P
ORF). The DNA sequence encoding mammaglobin is disclosed herein by nucleotides 1-279 of SEQ ID NOs: 490-492 and the corresponding mammaglobin amino acid sequence is disclosed herein as amino acids 1-93 of SEQ ID NOs: 493-495. See, also,
U.S. Patent No. 5,668,267; U.S. Patent No. 5,922,836; U.S. Patent No. 5,855,889; U.S.
Patent No. 5,968,754; and U.S. Patent No. 6,004,756, each of which U.S. Patent is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
In addition to the exemplary fusion proteins prepared by the fusion of a full- length mammaglobin coding region with various B726P coding regions, the present invention further provides fusion proteins comprising immunogenic portions of 9 or more contiguous amino acids from either or both of mammaglobin and B726P. More preferably, immunogenic portions may be 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20 or more contiguous amino acids from either or both of mammaglobin and/or B726P.
Alternatively, immunogenic portions may be at least 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 75, 100, 250, 500, or 1095 contiguous amino acids from either or both of mammaglobin and/or
B726P and may also include any integral number of amino acids between 20 and 1095 contiguous amino acids from either or both of mammaglobin and/or B726P.
Representative immunogenic portions of mammaglobin are disclosed in co- pending U.S. Patent Application 60/136,528. Exemplary immunogenic portions include the following mammaglobin peptide sequences: IDELKECFLNQTDETLSNVE (amino acids 59-78 of SEQ ID NO: 493); TTNAIDELKECFLNQ (amino acids 55-69 of SEQ ID NO: 493); SQHCYAGSGCPLLENVISKTI (amino acids 13-33 of SEQ ID
NO: 493); EYKELLQEFIDDNATTNAID (amino acids 41-60 of SEQ ID NO: 493), and/or KLLMVLMLA (amino acids 2-10 of SEQ ID NO: 493). Other preferred : epitopes comprise a glycosylation site of mammaglobin. Such epitopes are particularly - useful for the generation of antibodies that specifically bind to glycosylated +. mammaglobin. Two stich sites are the N-linked glycosylation sites asparagine (Asp)-53 - (QEFIDDNATTNALI; amino acids 47-59 of SEQ ID NO: 493) and Asp-68 : (LKECFLNQTDETL; amino acids 62-74 of SEQ ID NO: 493). oo The present invention also contemplates that a wide variety of immunogenic portions from the B726P combined, B726P upstream, and/or B726P ~~ downstream amino acid sequences may find use in mammaglobin-B726P fusion proteins. For example, a particularly suitable mammaglobin-B726P fusion protein may be prepared by fusing mammaglobin to a downstream B726P epitope recognized by
B726P-specific CTL clones, described herein in Example 4, which epitope is included within the N-terminal end of the downstream region of B726P (i.e. amino acids 1-129 of SEQ ID NO: 176).
It will be apparent to those of skill in the art that the precise amino acid sequence and primary sequence arrangement of the mammaglobin and/or B726P portions of the fusion proteins may be varied without deviating from the scope of the present invention. For example, conservative amino acids substitutions within either or both of the mammaglobin or B726P portions may be made, for example, to achieve fusion proteins having improved properties such as increased protein stability and/or immunogenicity. In addition, the present invention contemplates that the mammaglobin portion may be fused to either the N-terminus or C-terminus of the B726P portion to achieve fusion proteins that have the desired antigenic and/or immunogenic properties.
Fusion proteins according to the present invention, as exemplified by the mammaglobin-B726P fusion proteins disclosed herein by this Example, will find use as cancer vaccines, reagents for antibody therapeutics, and/or in various diagnostic assays.
It is expected that these fusion proteins will have improved antigenic and/or immunogenic properties as compared to either the mammaglobin and/or B726P proteins alone.
BINDING AGENTS
The present invention further provides agents, such as antibodies and antigen-binding fragments thereof, that specifically bind to a breast tumor protein. As used herein, an antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof, is said to "specifically bind" to a breast tumor protein if it reacts at a detectable level (within, for example, an
ELISA) with a breast tumor protein, and does not react detectably with unrelated proteins under similar conditions. As used herein, "binding" refers to a noncovalent association between two separate molecules such that a complex is formed. The ability to bind may be evaluated by, for example, determining a binding constant for the formation of the complex. The binding constant is the value obtained when the concentration of the complex is divided by the product of the component concentrations. In general, two compounds are said to "bind," in the context of the present invention, when the binding constant for complex formation exceeds about 10°
L/mol. The binding constant may be determined using methods well known in the art.
Binding agents may be further capable of differentiating between patients with and without a cancer, such as breast cancer, using the representative assays provided herein. In other words, antibodies or other binding agents that bind to a breast tumor protein will generate a signal indicating the presence of a cancer in at least about 20% of patients with the disease, and will generate a negative signal indicating the absence of the disease in at least about 90% of individuals without the cancer. To determine whether a binding agent satisfies this requirement, biological samples (e.g., blood, sera, sputum, urine and/or tumor biopsies) from patients with and without a cancer (as determined using standard clinical tests) may be assayed as described herein for the presence of polypeptides that bind to the binding agent. It will be apparent that a statistically significant number of samples with and without the disease should be assayed. Each binding agent should satisfy the above criteria; however, those of ordinary skill in the art will recognize that binding agents may be used in combination to improve sensitivity.
Any agent that satisfies the above requirements may be a binding agent.
For example, a binding agent may be a ribosome, with or without a peptide component, an RNA molecule or a polypeptide. In a preferred embodiment, a binding agent is an antibody or an antigen-binding fragment thereof. Antibodies may be prepared by any of a variety of techniques known to those of ordinary skill in the art. See, e.g., Harlow - and Lane, Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, 1988. In xi general, antibodies can be produced by cell culture techniques, including the generation : + of monoclonal antibodies as described herein, or via transfection of antibody genes into suitable bacterial or mammalian cell hosts, in order to allow for the production of recombinant antibodies. In one technique, an immunogen comprising the polypeptide “is initially injected into any of a wide variety of mammals (e.g, mice, rats, rabbits, i- sheep or goats). In this step, the polypeptides of this invention may serve as the immunogen without modification. Alternatively, particularly for relatively short polypeptides, a superior immune response may be elicited if the polypeptide is joined to a carrier protein, such as bovine serum albumin or keyhole limpet hemocyanin. The immunogen is injected into the animal host, preferably according to a predetermined schedule incorporating one or more booster immunizations, and the animals are bled periodically. Polyclonal antibodies specific for the polypeptide may then be purified from such antisera by, for example, affinity chromatography using the polypeptide coupled to a suitable solid support. . + Monoclonal antibodies specific for an antigenic polypeptide of interest may be prepared, for example, using the technique of Kohler and Milstein, Eur. J.
Immunol. 6:511-519, 1976, and improvements thereto. Briefly, these methods involve the preparation of immortal cell lines capable of producing antibodies having the desired specificity (i.e., reactivity with the polypeptide of interest). Such cell lines may be produced, for example, from spleen cells obtained from an animal immunized as described above. The spleen cells are then immortalized by, for example, fusion with a myeloma cell fusion partner, preferably one that is syngeneic with the immunized animal. A variety of fusion techniques may be employed. For example, the spleen cells and myeloma cells may be combined with a nonionic detergent for a few minutes and then plated at low density on a selective medium that supports the growth of hybrid cells, but not myeloma cells. A preferred selection technique uses HAT (hypoxanthine, aminopterin, thymidine) selection. After a sufficient time, usually about 1 to 2 weeks, colonies of hybrids are observed. Single colonies are selected and their culture supernatants tested for binding activity against the polypeptide. Hybridomas having high reactivity and specificity are preferred. )
Monoclonal antibodies may be isolated from the supernatants of growing hybridoma colonies. In addition, various techniques may be employed to enhance the yield, such as injection of the hybridoma cell line into the peritoneal cavity of a suitable vertebrate host, such as a mouse. Monoclonal antibodies may then be harvested from the ascites fluid or the blood. Contaminants may be removed from the antibodies by conventional techniques, such as chromatography, gel filtration, precipitation, and extraction. The polypeptides of this invention may be used in the purification process in, for example, an affinity chromatography step.
Within certain embodiments, the use of antigen-binding fragments of antibodies may be preferred. Such fragments include Fab fragments, which may be prepared using standard techniques. Briefly, immunoglobulins may be purified from rabbit serum by affinity chromatography on Protein A bead columns (Harlow and Lane,
Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, 1988) and digested by papain to yield Fab and Fc fragments. The Fab and Fc fragments may be separated by affinity chromatography on protein A bead columns.
Monoclonal antibodies of the present invention may be coupled to one or more therapeutic agents. Suitable agents in this regard include radionuclides, differentiation inducers, drugs, toxins, and derivatives thereof. Preferred radionuclides include Y, 5, 5], 1, Re, '®Re, "At, and 2?Bi. Preferred drugs include methotrexate, and pyrimidine and purine analogs. Preferred differentiation inducers include phorbol esters and butyric acid. Preferred toxins include ricin, abrin, diptheria toxin, cholera toxin, gelonin, Pseudomonas exotoxin, Shigella toxin, and pokeweed antiviral protein. : A therapeutic agent may be coupled (e.g, covalently bonded) to a suitable monoclonal antibody either directly or indirectly (e.g., via a linker group). A direct reaction between an agent and an antibody is possible when each possesses a substituent capable of reacting with the other. For example, a nucleophilic group, such as an amino or sulfhydryl group, on one may be capable of reacting with a carbonyl- containing group, such as an anhydride or an acid halide, or with an alkyl group containing a good leaving group (e.g., a halide) on the other.
Alternatively, it may be desirable to couple a therapeutic agent and an antibody via a linker group. A linker group can function as a spacer to distance an antibody from an agent in order to avoid interference with binding capabilities. A * linker group can also serve to increase the chemical reactivity of a substituent on an agent or an antibody, and thus increase the coupling efficiency. An increase in - chemical reactivity may also facilitate the use of agents, or functional groups on ‘agents, ~ which otherwise would not be possible. '
It will be evident to those skilled in the art that a variety of bifunctional or polyfunctional reagents, both homo- and hetero-functional (such as those described in the catalog of the Pierce Chemical Co., Rockford, IL), may be employed as the linker group. Coupling may be effected, for example, through amino groups, carboxyl groups, sulfhydryl groups or oxidized carbohydrate residues. There are numerous references describing such methodology, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 4,671,958, to Rodwell et al.
Where a therapeutic agent is more potent when free from the antibody portion of the immunoconjugates of the present invention, it may be desirable to use a linker group which is cleavable during or upon internalization into a cell. A number of different cleavable linker groups have been described. The mechanisms for the intracellular release of an agent from these linker groups include cleavage by reduction of a disulfide bond (e.g., U.S. Patent No. 4,489,710, to Spitler), by irradiation of a photolabile bond (e.g., U.S. Patent No. 4,625,014, to Senter et al.), by hydrolysis of derivatized amino acid side chains (e.g., U.S. Patent No. 4,638,045, to Kohn et al), by serum complement-mediated hydrolysis (e.g., U.S. Patent No. 4,67 1.958, to Rodwell et al.), and acid-catalyzed hydrolysis (e.g., U.S. Patent No. 4,569,789, to Blattler et al.).
It may be desirable to couple more than one agent to an antibody. In one embodiment, multiple molecules of an agent are coupled to one antibody molecule. In another embodiment, more than one type of agent may be coupled to one antibody.
Regardless of the particular embodiment, immunoconjugates with more than one agent may be prepared in a variety of ways. For example, more than one agent may be coupled directly to an antibody molecule, or linkers that provide multiple sites for attachment can be used. Alternatively, a carrier can be used.
A carrier may bear the agents in a variety of ways, including covalent bonding either directly or via a linker group. Suitable carriers include proteins such as albumins (e.g., U.S. Patent No. 4,507,234, to Kato ef al.), peptides and polysaccharides such as aminodextran (e.g., U.S. Patent No. 4,699,784, to Shih ef al). A carrier may also bear an agent by noncovalent bonding or by encapsulation, such as within a liposome vesicle (e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 4,429,008 and 4,873,088). Carriers specific for radionuclide agents include radiohalogenated small molecules and chelating compounds. For example, U.S. Patent No. 4,735,792 discloses representative radiohalogenated small molecules and their synthesis. A radionuclide chelate may be formed from chelating compounds that include those containing nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the donor atoms.for binding the metal, or metal oxide, radionuclide. For example, U.S. Patent No. 4,673,562, to Davison et al. discloses representative chelating compounds and their synthesis.
A variety of routes of administration for the antibodies and immunoconjugates may be used. Typically, administration will be intravenous, intramuscular, subcutaneous or in the bed of a resected tumor. It will be evident that the precise dose of the antibody/immunoconjugate will vary depending upon the antibody used, the antigen density on the tumor, and the rate of clearance of the antibody.
T CELLS
Immunotherapeutic compositions may also, or alternatively, comprise T cells specific for a breast tumor protein. Such cells may generally be prepared in vitro or ex vivo, using standard procedures. For example, T cells may be isolated from bone marrow, peripheral blood, or a fraction of bone marrow or peripheral blood of a patient, using a commercially available cell separation system, such as the Isolex™ System, available from Nexell Therapeutics, Inc. (Irvine, CA; see also U.S. Patent No. 5,240,856; U.S. Patent No. 5,215,926; WO 89/06280; WO 91/16116 and WO 92/07243). Alternatively, T cells may be derived from related or unrelated humans, non-human mammals, cell lines or cultures.
T cells may be stimulated with a breast tumor polypeptide, polynucleotide encoding a breast tumor polypeptide and/or an antigen presenting cell . = (APC) that expresses such a polypeptide. Such stimulation is performed under + conditions and for a time sufficient to permit the generation of T cells that are specific 15-+ for the polypeptide. Preferably, a breast tumor polypeptide or polynucleotide is present .. within a delivery vehicle, such as a microsphere, to facilitate the generation of specific
T cells.
ECE T cells are considered to be specific for a breast tumor polypeptide if the
T cells specifically proliferate, secrete cytokines or kill target cells coated with the polypeptide or expressing a gene encoding the polypeptide. T cell specificity may be evaluated using any of a variety of standard techniques. For example, within a chromium release assay or proliferation assay, a stimulation index of more than two fold increase in lysis and/or proliferation, compared to negative controls, indicates T cell specificity. Such assays may be performed, for example, as described in Chen et al, Cancer Res. 54:1065-1 070, 1994. Alternatively, detection of the proliferation of
T cells may be accomplished by a variety of known techniques. For example, T cell proliferation can be detected by measuring an increased rate of DNA synthesis (e.g., by pulse-labeling cultures of T cells with tritiated thymidine and measuring the amount of tritiated thymidine incorporated into DNA). Contact with a breast tumor polypeptide (100 ng/ml - 100 pg/ml, preferably 200 ng/ml - 25 pg/ml) for 3 - 7 days should result in at least a two fold increase in proliferation of the T cells. Contact as described above for 2-3 hours should result in activation of the T cells, as measured using standard cytokine assays in which a two fold increase in the level of cytokine release (e.g, TNF or IFN-y) is indicative of T cell activation (see Coligan et al., Current Protocols in
Immunology, vol. ‘1, Wiley Interscience (Greene 1998)). T cells that have been activated in response to a breast tumor polypeptide, polynucleotide or polypeptide- expressing APC may be CD4* and/or CDS". Breast tumor protein-specific T cells may be expanded using standard techniques. Within preferred embodiments, the T cells are derived from a patient, a related donor or an unrelated donor, and are administered to the patient following stimulation and expansion. } :
For therapeutic purposes, CD4" or CD8% T cells that proliferate in response to a breast tumor polypeptide, polynucleotide or APC can be expanded in number either in vitro or invivo. Proliferation of such T cells in vitro may be accomplished in a variety of ways. For example, the T cells can be re-exposed to a breast tumor polypeptide, or a short peptide corresponding to an immunogenic portion of such a polypeptide, with or without the addition of T cell growth factors, such as © interleukin-2, and/or stimulator cells that synthesize a breast tumor polypeptide.
Alternatively, one or more T cells that proliferate in the presence of a breast tumor : protein can be expanded in number by cloning. Methods for cloning cells are well known in the art, and include limiting dilution. :
PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS
In additional embodiments, the present invention concerns formulation of one or more of the polynucleotide, polypeptide, T-cell and/or antibody compositions disclosed herein in pharmaceutically-acceptable solutions for administration to a cell or an animal, either alone, or in combination with one or more other modalities of therapy.
It will also be understood that, if desired, the nucleic acid segment,
RNA, DNA or PNA compositions that express a polypeptide as disclosed herein may be administered in combination with other agents as well, such as, e.g., other proteins or polypeptides or various pharmaceutically-active agents. In fact, there is virtually no limit to other components that may also be included, given that the additional agents do not cause a significant adverse effect upon contact with the target cells or host tissues.
‘The compositions may thus be delivered along with various other agents as required in the particular instance. Such compositions may be purified from host cells or other biological sources, or alternatively may be chemically synthesized as described herein.
Likewise, such compositions may further comprise substituted or derivatized RNA or
DNA compositions.
Formulation of pharmaceutically-acceptable excipients and carrier solutions is well-known to those of skill in the art, as is the development of suitable dosing and treatment regimens for using the particular compositions described herein in a variety of treatment regimens, including e.g., oral, parenteral, intravenous, intranasal, and intramuscular administration and formulation. 1. ORAL DELIVERY : 2 In certain applications, the pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein -~ may be delivered via oral administration to an animal. As such, these compositions ++ may be formulated with an inert diluent or with an assimilable edible carrier, or they may be enclosed in hard- or soft-shell gelatin capsule, or they may be compressed into ~~ tablets, or they may be incorporated directly with the food of the diet. te The active compounds may even be incorporated with excipients and used in the form of ingestible tablets, buccal tables, troches, capsules, elixirs, suspensions, syrups, wafers, and the like (Mathiowitz et al., 1997; Hwang et al., 1998;
U. S. Patent 5,641,515; U. S. Patent 5,580,579 and U. S. Patent 5,792,451, each specifically incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). The tablets, troches, pills, capsules and the like may also contain the following: a binder, as gum tragacanth, acacia, cornstarch, or gelatin; excipients, such as dicalcium phosphate; a disintegrating agent, such as corn starch, potato” starch, alginic acid and the like; a lubricant, such as magnesium stearate; and a sweetening agent, such as sucrose, lactose or saccharin may be added or a flavoring agent, such as peppermint, oil of wintergreen, or cherry flavoring. When the dosage unit form is a capsule, it may contain, in addition to materials of the above type, a liquid carrier. Various other materials may be present as coatings or to otherwise modify the physical form of the dosage unit. For instance, tablets, pills, or capsules may be coated with shellac, sugar, or both. A syrup of elixir may contain the active compound sucrose as a sweetening agent methyl and propylparabens as preservatives, a dye and flavoring, such as cherry or orange flavor.
Of course, any material used in preparing any dosage unit form should be pharmaceutically pure and substantially non-toxic in the amounts employed. In addition, the active compounds may be incorporated into sustained-release preparation and formulations.
Typically, these formulations may contain at least about 0.1% of the active compound or more, although the percentage of the active ingredient(s) may, of course, be varied and may conveniently be between about 1 or 2% and about 60% or 70% or more of the weight or volume of the total formulation. Naturally, the amount of active compound(s) in each therapeutically useful composition may be prepared is such a way that a suitable dosage will be obtained in any given unit dose of the compound.
Factors such as solubility, bioavailability, biological half-life, route of administration, product shelf life, as well as other pharmacological considerations will be contemplated by one skilled in the art of preparing such pharmaceutical formulations, and as such, a variety of dosages and treatment regimens may be desirable.
For oral administration the compositions of the present invention may alternatively be incorporated with one or more excipients in the form of a mouthwash, dentifrice, buccal tablet, oral spray, or sublingual orally-administered formulation. For example, a mouthwash may be prepared incorporating the active ingredient in the required amount in an appropriate solvent, such as a sodium borate solution (Dobell's
Solution). Alternatively, the active ingredient may be incorporated into an oral solution * such as one containing sodium borate, glycerin and potassium bicarbonate, or dispersed in a dentifrice, or added in a therapeutically-effective amount to a composition that may include water, binders, abrasives, flavoring agents, foaming agents, and humectants.
Alternatively the compositions may be fashioned into a tablet or solution form that may be placed under the tongue or otherwise dissolved in the mouth. 2. INJECTABLE DELIVERY
In certain circumstances it will be desirable to deliver the pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein parenterally, intravenously, intramuscularly, or even intraperitoneally as described in U. S. Patent 5,543,158; U. S. Patent 5,641,515 and U.
S. Patent 5,399,363 (each specifically incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).
Solutions of the active compounds as free base or pharmacologically acceptable salts + may be prepared in water suitably mixed with a surfactant, such as hydroxypropylcellulose. Dispersions may also be prepared in glycerol, liquid polyethylene glycols, and wiatuzes thereof and in oils. Under ordinary conditions of . storage and use, these preparations contain a preservative to prevent the growth of microorganisms. a
The pharmaceutical forms suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersions (U. S. Patent 5,466,468, specifically incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). In all cases the form must - “be sterile and must be fluid to the extent that easy syringability exists. It must be stable ‘under the conditions of manufacture and storage and must be preserved against the ) “contaminating action of microorganisms, such as bacteria and fungi. The carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (e.g, - glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyethylene glycol, and the like), suitable ~ mixtures thereof, and/or vegetable oils. Proper fluidity may be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating, such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants. The prevention of the action of microorganisms can be facilitated by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, sorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like. In many cases, it will be preferable to include isotonic agents, for example, sugars or sodium chloride. Prolonged absorption of the injectable compositions can be brought about by the use in the compositions of agents delaying absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
For parenteral administration in an aqueous solution, for example, the solution should be suitably buffered if necessary and the liquid diluent first rendered isotonic with sufficient saline or glucose. These particular aqueous solutions are especially suitable for intravenous, intramuscular, subcutaneous and intraperitoneal administration. In this connection, a sterile aqueous medium that can be employed will be known to those of skill in the art in light of the present disclosure. For example, one dosage may be dissolved in 1 ml of isotonic NaCl solution and either added to 1000 ml of hypodermoclysis fluid or injected at the proposed site of infusion, (see for example, "Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences" 15th Edition, pages 1035-1038 and 1570- 1580). Some variation in dosage will necessarily occur depending on the condition of the subject being treated. The person responsible for administration will, in any event, determine the appropriate dose for the individual subject. Moreover, for human administration, preparations should meet sterility, pyrogenicity, and the general safety and purity standards as required by FDA Office of Biologics standards.
Sterile injectable solutions are prepared by incorporating the active compounds in the required amount in the appropriate solvent with various of the other ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filtered sterilization. Generally, dispersions are prepared by incorporating the various sterilized active ingredients into a sterile vehicle which contains the basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated above. In the case of sterile powders for the preparation of sterile injectable solutions, the preferred methods of preparation are vacuum-drying and freeze-drying techniques which yield a powder of the active ingredient plus any additional desired ingredient from a previously sterile-filtered solution thereof. 20 . The compositions disclosed herein may be formulated in a neutral or salt form. Pharmaceutically-acceptable salts, include the acid addition salts (formed with the free amino groups of the protein) and which are formed with inorganic acids such as, for example, hydrochloric or phosphoric acids, or such organic acids as acetic, oxalic, tartaric, mandelic, and the like. Salts formed with the free carboxyl groups can also be derived from inorganic bases such as, for example, sodium, potassium, ammonium, calcium, or ferric hydroxides, and such organic bases as isopropylamine, trimethylamine, histidine, procaine and the like. Upon formulation, solutions will be administered in a manner compatible with the dosage formulation and in such amount as is therapeutically effective. The formulations are easily administered in a variety of dosage forms such as injectable solutions, drug-release capsules, and the like.
As used herein, "carrier" includes any and all solvents, dispersion media, vehicles, coatings, diluents, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents, buffers, carrier solutions, suspensions, colloids, and the like. The use of such media and agents for pharmaceutical active substances is well known in the art.
S Except insofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with the active ingredient, its use in the therapeutic compositions is contemplated. Supplementary active ingredients can also be incorporated into the compositions.
So The phrase "pharmaceutically-acceptable” refers to molecular entities and compositions that do not produce an allergic or similar untoward reaction when administered to a human. The preparation of an aqueous composition that contains a protein as an active ingredient is well understood in the art. Typically, such compositions are prepared as injectables, either as liquid solutions or suspensions; solid forms suitable for solution in, or suspension in, liquid prior to injection can also be ..prepared. The preparation can also be emulsified. : 3. NASAL DELIVERY
In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions may be delivered by intranasal sprays, inhalation, and/or other aerosol delivery vehicles.
Methods for delivering genes, nucleic acids, and peptide compositions directly to the . lungs via nasal aerosol sprays has been described e.g., in U. S. Patent 5,756,353 and U.
S. Patent 5,804,212 (each specifically incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).
Likewise, the delivery of drugs using intranasal microparticle resins (Takenaga et al., 1998) and lysophosphatidyl-glycerol compounds (U. S. Patent 5,725,871, specifically incorporated herein by reference in its entirety) are also well-known in the pharmaceutical arts. Likewise, transmucosal drug delivery in the form of a polytetrafluoroetheylene support matrix is described in U. S. Patent 5,780,045 (specifically incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). 4, LIPOSOME-, NANOCAPSULE-, AND MICROPARTICLE-MEDIATED DELIVERY
In certain embodiments, the inventors contemplate the use of liposomes, nanocapsules, microparticles, microspheres, lipid particles, vesicles, and the like, for the introduction of the compositions of the present invention into suitable host cells. In particular, the compositions of the present invention may be formulated for delivery either encapsulated in a lipid particle, a liposome, a vesicle, a nanosphere, or a nanoparticle or the like.
Such formulations may be preferred for the introduction of pharmaceutically-acceptable formulations of the nucleic acids or constructs disclosed herein. The formation and use of liposomes is generally known to those of skill in the art (see for example, Couvreur et al., 1977; Couvreur, 1988; Lasic, 1998; which describes the use of liposomes and nanocapsules in the targeted antibiotic therapy for intracellular bacterial infections and diseases). Recently, liposomes were developed with improved serum stability and circulation half-times (Gabizon and
Papahadjopoulos, 1988; Allen and Choun, 1987; U. S. Patent 5,741,516, specifically incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). Further, various methods of liposome and liposome like preparations as potential drug carriers have been reviewed (Takakura, 1998; Chandran et al., 1997; Margalit, 1995; U. S. Patent 5,567,434; U. S. Patent 5,552,157; U. S. Patent 5,565,213; U. S. Patent 5,738,868 and U. S. Patent 5,795,587, each specifically incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).
Liposomes have been used successfully with a number of cell types that are normally resistant to transfection by other procedures including T cell suspensions, primary hepatocyte cultures and PC 12 cells (Renneisen et al, 1990; Muller et al., 1990). In addition, liposomes are free of the DNA length constraints that are typical of viral-based delivery systems. Liposomes have been used effectively to introduce genes, drugs (Heath and Martin, 1986; Heath ef al., 1986; Balazsovits ef al., 1989; Fresta and
Puglisi, 1996), radiotherapeutic agents (Pikul ef al., 1987), enzymes (Imaizumi ef al., 1990a; Imaizumi ef al, 1990b), viruses (Faller and Baltimore, 1984), transcription factors and allosteric effectors (Nicolan and Gersonde, 1979) into a variety of cultured cell lines and animals. In addition, several successful clinical trails examining the effectiveness of liposome-mediated drug delivery have been completed (Lopez-
Berestein et al., 1985a; 1985b; Coune, 1988; Sculier ef al., 1988). Furthermore, several studies suggest that the use of liposomes is not associated with autoimmune responses, toxicity or gonadal localization after systemic delivery (Mori and Fukatsu, 1992).
Liposomes are formed from phospholipids that are dispersed in an aqueous medium and spontaneously form multilamellar concentric bilayer vesicles (also termed multilamellar vesicles (MLVs). MLVs generally have diameters of from 25 nm to 4 pm. Sonication of MLVs results in the formation of small unilamellar vesicles (SUVs) with diameters in the range of 200 to 500 A, containing an aqueous + solution in the core. :
Liposomes bear resemblance to cellular membranes and are contemplated for use in connection with the present invention as carriers for the peptide compositions. They are widely suitable as both water- and lipid-soluble substances can be entrapped, i.e. in the aqueous spaces and within the bilayer itself, respectively. It is possible that the drug-bearing liposomes may even be employed for site-specific delivery of active agents by selectively modifying the liposomal formulation. . In addition to the teachings of Couvreur et al. (1977; 1988), the . following information may be utilized in generating liposomal formulations.
Phospholipids can form a variety of structures other than liposomes when dispersed in water, depending on the molar ratio of lipid to water. At low ratios the liposome is the - preferred structure. The physical characteristics of liposomes depend on pH, ionic ... strength and the presence of divalent cations. Liposomes can show low permeability to . ionic and polar substances, but at elevated temperatures undergo a phase transition which markedly alters their permeability. The phase transition involves a change from a closely packed, ordered structure, known as the gel state, to a loosely packed, less- ordered structure, known as the fluid state. This occurs at a characteristic phase- transition temperature and results in an increase in permeability to ions, sugars and drugs.
In addition to temperature, exposure to proteins can alter the permeability of liposomes. Certain soluble proteins, such as cytochrome c, bind, deform and penetrate the bilayer, thereby causing changes in permeability. Cholesterol inhibits this penetration of proteins, apparently by packing the phospholipids more tightly. It is contemplated that the most useful liposome formations for antibiotic and inhibitor delivery will contain cholesterol.
The ability to trap solutes varies between different types of liposomes.
For example, MLVs are moderately efficient at trapping solutes, but SUVs are extremely inefficient. SUVs offer the advantage of homogeneity and reproducibility in size distribution, however, and a compromise between size and trapping efficiency is offered by large unilamellar vesicles (LUVs). These are prepared by ether evaporation and are three to four times more efficient at solute entrapment than ML Vs.
In addition to liposome characteristics, an important determinant in entrapping compounds is the physicochemical properties of the compound itself. Polar compounds are trapped in the aqueous spaces and nonpolar compounds bind to the lipid bilayer of the vesicle. Polar compounds are released through permeation or when the bilayer is broken, but nonpolar compounds remain affiliated with the bilayer unless it is disrupted by temperature or exposure to lipoproteins. Both types show maximum efflux rates at the phase transition temperature.
Liposomes interact with cells via four different mechanisms: endocytosis by phagocytic cells of the reticuloendothelial system such as macrophages and neutrophils; adsorption to the cell surface, either by nonspecific weak hydrophobic or electrostatic forces, or by specific interactions with cell-surface components; fusion with the plasma cell membrane by insertion of the lipid bilayer of the liposome into the plasma membrane, with simultaneous release of liposomal contents into the cytoplasm; and by transfer of liposomal lipids to cellular or subcellular membranes, or vice versa, without any association of the liposome contents. It often is difficult to determine which mechanism is operative and more than one may operate at the same time.
The fate and disposition of intravenously injected liposomes depend on their physical properties, such as size, fluidity, and surface charge. They may persist in tissues for h or days, depending on their composition, and half lives in the blood range from min to several h. Larger liposomes, such as MLVs and LUVs, are taken up rapidly by phagocytic cells of the reticuloendothelial system, but physiology of the circulatory system restrains the exit of such large species at most sites. They can exit only in places where large openings or pores exist in the capillary endothelium, such as the sinusoids of the liver or spleen. Thus, these organs are the predominate site of uptake. On the other hand, SUVs show a broader tissue distribution but still are sequestered highly in the liver and spleen. In general, this in vive behavior limits the potential targeting of liposomes to only those organs and tissues accessible to their large size. These include the blood, liver, spleen, bone marrow, and lymphoid organs. . Targeting is generally not a limitation in terms of the present invention.
However, should specific targeting be desired, methods are available for this to be accomplished. Antibodies may be used to bind to the liposome surface and to direct the antibody and its drug contents to specific antigenic receptors located on a particular cell-type surface. Carbohydrate determinants (glycoprotein or glycolipid cell-surface components that play a role in cell-cell recognition, interaction and adhesion) may also be used as recognition sites as they have potential in directing liposomes to particular cell types. Mostly, it is contemplated that intravenous injection of liposomal preparations would be used, but other routes of administration are also conceivable. } Alternatively, the invention provides for pharmaceutically-acceptable * nanocapsule formulations of the compositions of the present invention. Nanocapsules
I5 can generally entrap compounds in a stable and reproducible way (Henry-Michelland + etal, 1987; Quintanar-Guerrero et al., 1998; Douglas et al., 1987). To avoid side effects due to intracellular polymeric overloading, such ultrafine particles (sized around «+ 0.1 um) should be designed using polymers able to be degraded in vivo. Biodegradable " polyalkyl-cyanoacrylate nanoparticles that meet these requirements are contemplated for use in the present invention. Such particles may be are easily made, as described (Couvreur et al, 1980; 1988; zur Muhlen ef al., 1998; Zambaux et al. 1998; Pinto-
Alphandry et al., 1995 and U. S. Patent 5,145,684, specifically incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).
IMMUNOGENIC COMPOSITIONS
In certain preferred embodiments of the present invention, immunogenic compositions, or vaccines, are provided. The immunogenic compositions will generally comprise one or more pharmaceutical compositions, such as those discussed above, in combination with an immunostimulant. An immunostimulant may be any substance that enhances or potentiates an immune response (antibody and/or cell-mediated) to an exogenous antigen. Examples of immunostimulants include adjuvants, biodegradable microspheres (e.g., polylactic galactide) and liposomes (into which the compound is incorporated; see e.g., Fullerton, U.S. Patent No. 4,235,877). Vaccine preparation is generally described in, for example, M.F. Powell and M.J. Newman, eds., "Vaccine
Design (the subunit and adjuvant approach)," Plenum Press (NY, 1995).
Pharmaceutical compositions and immunogenic compositions within the scope of the present invention may also contain other compounds, which may be biologically active or inactive. For example, one or more immunogenic portions of other tumor antigens may be present, either incorporated into a fusion polypeptide or as a separate compound, within the composition.
Hlustrative immunogenic compositions may contain DNA encoding one or more of the polypeptides as described above, such that the polypeptide is generated in situ. As noted above, the DNA may be present within any of a variety of delivery systems known to those of ordinary skill in the art, including nucleic acid expression systems, bacteria and viral expression systems. Numerous gene delivery techniques are well known in the art, such as those described by Rolland, Crit. Rev. Therap. Drug
Carrier Systems 15:143-198, 1998, and references cited therein. Appropriate nucleic acid expression systems contain the necessary DNA sequences for expression in the patient (such as a suitable promoter and terminating signal). Bacterial delivery systems involve the administration of a bacterium (such as Bacillus-Calmette-Guerrin) that expresses an immunogenic portion of the polypeptide on its cell surface or secretes such an epitope. In a preferred embodiment, the DNA may be introduced using a viral expression system (e.g., vaccinia or other pox virus, retrovirus, or adenovirus), which may involve the use of a non-pathogenic (defective), replication competent virus.
Suitable systems are disclosed, for example, in Fisher-Hoch et al., Proc. Natl. Acad.
Sci. USA 86:317-321, 1989; Flexner et al., Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci. 569:86-103, 1989;
Flexner et al., Vaccine 8:17-21, 1990; U.S. Patent Nos. 4,603,112, 4,769,330, and 5,017,487; WO 89/01973; U.S. Patent No. 4,777,127; GB 2,200,651; EP 0,345,242;
WO 91/02805; Berkner, Biotechniques 6:616-627, 1988; Rosenfeld et al., Science 252:431-434, 1991; Kolls et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91:215-219, 1994;
Kass-Eisler et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:11498-11502, 1993; Guzman et al.,
Circulation 88:2838-2848, 1993; and Guzman et al, Cir. Res. 73:1202-1207, 1993.
Techniques for incorporating DNA into such expression systems are well known to those of ordinary skill in the art. The DNA may also be "naked," as described, for example, in Ulmer ef al., Science 259:1745-1749, 1993 and reviewed by Cohen, . Science 259:1691-1692, 1993. The uptake of naked DNA may be increased by coating the DNA onto biodegradable beads, which are efficiently transported into the cells. It will be apparent that an immunogenic composition may comprise both a polynucleotide and a polypeptide component. Such immunogenic compositions may provide for an enhanced immune response.
It will be apparent that an immunogenic composition may contain pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the polynucleotides and polypeptides provided herein. Such salts may be prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic bases, including organic bases (e.g., salts of primary, secondary and tertiary amines and basic “* amino acids) and inorganic bases (e.g, sodium, potassium, lithium, ammonium, -- calcium and magnesium salts).
While any suitable carrier known to those of ordinary skill in the art may + be employed in the compositions of this invention, the type of carrier will vary + + depending on the mode of administration. Compositions of the present invention may ~~ be formulated for any appropriate manner of administration, including for example, - topical, oral, nasal, intravenous, intracranial, intraperitoneal, subcutaneous or intramuscular administration. For parenteral administration, such as subcutaneous injection, the carrier preferably comprises water, saline, alcohol, a fat, a wax or a buffer.
For oral administration, any of the above carriers or a solid carrier, such as mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharine, talcum, cellulose, glucose, sucrose, and magnesium carbonate, may be employed. Biodegradable microspheres (eg. polylactate polyglycolate) may also be employed as carriers for the pharmaceutical compositions of this invention. Suitable biodegradable microspheres are disclosed, for example, in U.S. Patent Nos. 4,897,268; 5,075,109; 5,928,647; 5,811,128; 5,820,883; 5,853,763; 5,814,344 and 5,942,252. One may also employ a carrier comprising the particulate-protein complexes described in U.S. Patent No. 5,928,647, which are capable of inducing a class I-restricted cytotoxic T lymphocyte responses in a host.
’ Such compositions may also comprise buffers (e.g, neutral buffered saline or phosphate buffered saline), carbohydrates (e.g., glucose, mannose, SUCrose or dextrans), mannitol, proteins, polypeptides or amino acids such as glycine, antioxidants, bacteriostats, chelating agents such as EDTA or glutathione, adjuvants (e.g, aluminum hydroxide), solutes that render the formulation isotonic, hypotonic or weakly hypertonic with the blood of a recipient, suspending agents, thickening agents and/or preservatives.
Alternatively, compositions of the present invention may be formulated as a lyophilizate. Compounds may also be encapsulated within liposomes using well known technology.
Any of a variety of immunostimulants may be employed in the immunogenic compositions of this invention. For example, an adjuvant may be included. Most adjuvants contain a substance designed to protect the antigen from rapid catabolism, such as aluminum hydroxide or mineral oil, and a stimulator of immune responses, such as lipid A, Bortadella pertussis or Mycobacterium tuberculosis derived proteins. Suitable adjuvants are commercially available as, for example,
Freund's Incomplete Adjuvant and Complete Adjuvant (Difco Laboratories, Detroit,
MI); Merck Adjuvant 65 (Merck and Company, Inc., Rahway, NJ); AS-2 (SmithKline
Beecham, Philadelphia, PA); aluminum salts such as aluminum hydroxide gel (alum) or aluminum phosphate; salts of calcium, iron or zinc; an insoluble suspension of acylated tyrosine; acylated sugars; cationically or anionically derivatized polysaccharides; polyphosphazenes; biodegradable microspheres; monophosphoryl lipid A and quil A.
Cytokines, such as GM-CSF or interleukin-2, -7, or -12, may also be used as adjuvants.
Within the immunogenic compositions provided herein, the adjuvant composition is preferably designed to induce an immune response predominantly of the
Thi type. High levels of Thl-type cytokines (e.g, IFN-y, TNFa, IL-2 and IL-12) tend to favor the induction of cell mediated immune responses to an administered antigen.
In contrast, high levels of Th2-type cytokines (e.g, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6 and IL-10) tend to favor the induction of humoral immune responses. Following application of an immunogenic composition as provided herein, a patient will support an immune response that includes Thl- and Th2-type responses. Within a preferred embodiment, in which a response is predominantly Thl-type, the level of Thl-type cytokines will increase to a greater extent than the level of Th2-type cytokines. The levels of these cytokines may be readily assessed using standard assays. For a review of the families of cytokines, see Mosmann and Coffman, Ann. Rev. Immunol. 7:145-173, 1989.
Preferred adjuvants for use in eliciting a predominantly Thl-type response include, for example, a combination of monophosphoryl Lipid A, preferably 3- de-O-acylated monophosphoryl lipid A (3D-MPL), together with an aluminum salt.
MPL adjuvants are available from Corixa Corporation (Seattle, WA; see US Patent
Nos. 4,436,727; 4,877,611; 4,866,034 and 4,912,094). CpG-containing oligonucleotides (in which the CpG dinucleotide is unmethylated) also induce a predominantly Thl response. Such oligonucleotides are well known and are described, for example, in WO 96/02555, WO 99/33488 and U.S. Patent Nos. 6,008,200 and 5,856,462. Immunostimulatory DNA sequences are also described, for example, by
Sato et al., Science 273:352, 1996. Another preferred adjuvant is a saponin, preferably - QS21 (Aquila Biopharmaceuticals Inc., Framingham, MA), which may be used alone or 15: in combination with other adjuvants. For example, an enhanced system involves the combination of a monophosphoryl lipid A and saponin derivative, such as the .-- combination of QS21 and 3D-MPL as described in WO 94/00153, or a less reactogenic -. composition where the QS21 is quenched with cholesterol, as described in WO . 96/33739. Other preferred formulations comprise an oil-in-water emulsion and tocopherol. A particularly potent adjuvant formulation involving QS21, 3D-MPL and tocopherol in an oil-in-water emulsion is described in WO 95/17210.
Other preferred adjuvants include Montanide ISA 720 (Seppic, France),
SAF (Chiron, California, United States), ISCOMS (CSL), MF-59 (Chiron), the SBAS series of adjuvants (e.g., SBAS-2 or SBAS-4, available from SmithKline Beecham,
Rixensart, Belgium), Detox (Corixa, Hamilton, MT), RC-529 (Corixa, Hamilton, MT) and other aminoalkyl glucosaminide 4-phosphates (AGPs), such as those described in pending U.S. Patent Application Serial Nos. 08/853,826 and 09/074,720, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.
Any immunogenic composition provided herein may be prepared using well known methods that result in a combination of antigen, immune response enhancer and a suitable carrier or excipient. The compositions described herein may be administered as part of a sustained release formulation (i.e., a formulation such as a capsule, sponge or gel (composed of polysaccharides, for example) that effects a slow release of compound following administration). Such formulations may generally be prepared using well known technology (see, e.g., Coombes et al., Vaccine 14:1429- 1438, 1996) and administered by, for example, oral, rectal or subcutaneous implantation, or by implantation at the desired target site. Sustained-release formulations may contain a polypeptide, polynucleotide or antibody dispersed in a carrier matrix and/or contained within a reservoir surrounded by a rate controlling membrane. | Carriers for use within such formulations are biocompatible, and may also be biodegradable; preferably the formulation provides a relatively constant level of ‘active component release. Such carriers include microparticles of poly(lactide-co- glycolide), polyacrylate, latex, starch, cellulose, dextran and the like. Other delayed- release carriers include supramolecular biovectors, which comprise a non-liquid hydrophilic core (e.g, a cross-linked polysaccharide or oligosaccharide) and, optionally, an external layer comprising an amphiphilic compound, such as a phospholipid (see e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,151,254 and PCT applications WO 94/20078,
WO/94/23701 and WO 96/06638). The amount of active compound contained within a sustained release formulation depends upon the site of implantation, the rate and expected duration of release and the nature of the condition to be treated or prevented.
Any of a variety of delivery vehicles may be employed within pharmaceutical compositions and immunogenic compositions to facilitate production of an antigen-specific immune response that targets tumor cells. Delivery vehicles include antigen presenting cells (APCs), such as dendritic cells, macrophages, B cells, monocytes and other cells that may be engineered to be efficient APCs. Such cells may, but need not, be genetically modified to increase the capacity for presenting the antigen, to improve activation and/or maintenance of the T cell response, to have anti- tumor effects per se and/or to be immunologically compatible with the receiver (i.e., matched HLA haplotype). APCs may generally be isolated from any of a variety of biological fluids and organs, including tumor and peritumoral tissues, and may be autologous, allogeneic, syngeneic or xenogeneic cells.
Certain preferred embodiments of the present invention use dendritic cells or progenitors thereof as antigen-presenting cells. Dendritic cells are highly potent
APCs (Banchereau and Steinman, Nature 392:245-251, 1998) and have been shown to be effective as a physiological adjuvant for eliciting prophylactic or therapeutic antitumor immunity (see Timmerman and Levy, Ann. Rev. Med. 50:507-529, 1999). Tn general, dendritic cells may be identified based on their typical shape (stellate in situ, with marked cytoplasmic processes (dendrites) visible in vitro), their ability to take up, process and present antigens with high efficiency and their ability to activate naive T cell responses. Dendritic cells may, of course, be engineered to express specific cell- surface receptors or ligands that are not commonly found on dendritic cells in vivo or ex vivo, and such modified dendritic cells are contemplated by the present invention. As ~ an alternative to dendritic cells, secreted vesicles antigen-loaded dendritic cells (called -y exosomes) may be used within an immunogenic composition (see Zitvogel et al, - Nature Med. 4:594-600, 1998). 15 .. Dendritic cells and progenitors may be obtained from peripheral blood, bone marrow, tumor-infiltrating cells, peritumoral tissues-infiltrating cells, lymph » nodes, spleen, skin, umbilical cord blood or any other suitable tissue or fluid. For -~example, dendritic cells may be differentiated ex vivo by adding a combination of cytokines such as GM-CSF, IL-4, IL-13 and/or TNFa to cultures of monocytes harvested from peripheral blood. Alternatively, CD34 positive cells harvested from peripheral blood, umbilical cord blood or bone marrow may be differentiated into dendritic cells by adding to the culture medium combinations of GM-CSF, IL-3, TNFa,
CD40 ligand, LPS, flt3 ligand and/or other compound(s) that induce differentiation, maturation and proliferation of dendritic cells.
Dendritic cells are conveniently categorized as "immature" and "mature" cells, which allows a simple way to discriminate between two well characterized phenotypes. However, this nomenclature should not be construed to exclude all possible intermediate stages of differentiation. Immature dendritic cells are characterized as APC with a high capacity for antigen uptake and processing, which correlates with the high expression of Fey receptor and mannose receptor. The mature phenotype is typically characterized by a lower expression of these markers, but a high expression of cell surface molecules responsible for T cell activation such as class I and class II MHC, adhesion molecules (e.g, CD54 and CD1 1) and costimulatory molecules (e.g, CD40, CD80, CD86 and 4-1BB).
APCs may generally be transfected with a. polynucleotide encoding a breast tumor protein (or portion or other variant thereof) such that the breast tumor polypeptide, or an immunogenic portion thereof, is expressed on the cell surface. Such transfection may take place ex vivo, and a composition comprising such transfected cells may then be used for therapeutic purposes, as described herein. Alternatively, a gene delivery vehicle that targets a dendritic or other antigen presenting cell may be administered to a patient, resulting in transfection that occurs in vivo. In vivo and ex vivo transfection of dendritic cells, for example, may generally be performed using any methods known in the art, such as those described in WO 97/24447, or the gene gun approach described by Mahvi et al., Immunology and cell Biology 75:456-460, 1997.
Antigen loading of dendritic cells may be achieved by incubating dendritic cells or progenitor cells with the breast tumor polypeptide, DNA (naked or within a plasmid vector) or RNA; or with antigen-expressing recombinant bacterium or viruses (eg, vaccinia, fowlpox, adenovirus or lentivirus vectors). Prior to loading, the polypeptide may be covalently conjugated to an immunological partner that provides T cell help (e.g, a carrier molecule). Alternatively, a dendritic cell may be pulsed with a non- conjugated immunological partner, separately or in the presence of the polypeptide.
Immunogenic compositions and pharmaceutical compositions may be presented in unit-dose or multi-dose containers, such as sealed ampoules or vials. Such containers are preferably hermetically sealed to preserve sterility of the formulation until use. In general, formulations may be stored as suspensions, solutions or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles. Alternatively, a immunogenic composition or pharmaceutical composition may be stored in a freeze-dried condition requiring only the addition of a sterile liquid carrier immediately prior to use.
CANCER THERAPY
In further aspects of the present invention, the compositions described herein may be used for immunotherapy of cancer, such as breast cancer. Within such methods, pharmaceutical compositions and immunogenic compositions are typically administered to a patient. As used herein, a “patient” refers to any warm-blooded animal, preferably a human. A patient may or may not be afflicted with cancer.
Accordingly, the above pharmaceutical compositions and immunogenic compositions may be used to prevent the development of a cancer or to treat a patient afflicted with a cancer. A cancer may be diagnosed using criteria generally accepted in the art, including the presence of a malignant tumor. Pharmaceutical compositions and - immunogenic compositions may be administered either prior to or following surgical removal of primary tumors and/or treatment such as administration of radiotherapy or conventional chemotherapeutic drugs. Administration may be by any suitable method, including administration by intravenous, intraperitoneal, intramuscular, subcutaneous, intranasal, intradermal, anal, vaginal, topical and oral routes. : no Within certain embodiments, immunotherapy may be active + immunotherapy, in which treatment relies on the in vivo stimulation of the endogenous ~ host immune system to react against tumors with the administration of immune response-modifying agents (such as polypeptides and polynucleotides as provided =. herein). : Within other embodiments, immunotherapy may be passive - immunotherapy, in which treatment involves the delivery of agents with established tumor-immune reactivity (such as effector cells or antibodies) that can directly or indirectly mediate antitumor effects and does not necessarily depend on an intact host immune system. Examples of effector cells include T cells as discussed above, T lymphocytes (such as CD8" cytotoxic T lymphocytes and CD4* T-helper tumor- infiltrating lymphocytes), killer cells (such as Natural Killer cells and lymphokine- activated killer cells), B cells and antigen-presenting cells (such as dendritic cells and macrophages) expressing a polypeptide provided herein. T cell receptors and antibody receptors specific for the polypeptides recited herein may be cloned, expressed and transferred into other vectors or effector cells for adoptive immunotherapy. The polypeptides provided herein may also be used to generate antibodies or anti-idiotypic antibodies (as described above and in U.S. Patent No. 4,918,164) for passive immunotherapy.
Effector cells may generally be obtained in sufficient quantities for adoptive immunotherapy by growth in vitro, as described herein. Culture conditions for expanding single antigen-specific effector cells to several billion in number with retention of antigen recognition in vivo are well known in the art. Such in vitro culture conditions typically use intermittent stimulation with antigen, often in the presence of cytokines (such as IL-2) and non-dividing feeder cells. As noted above, immunoreactive polypeptides as provided herein may be used to rapidly expand antigen-specific T cell cultures in order to generate a sufficient number of cells for immunotherapy. In particular, antigen-presenting cells, such as dendritic, macrophage, monocyte, fibroblast and/or B cells, may be pulsed with immunoreactive polypeptides or transfected with one or more polynucleotides using standard techniques well known in the art. For example, antigen-presenting cells can be transfected with a polynucleotide having a promoter appropriate for increasing expression in a recombinant virus or other expression system. Cultured effector cells for use in therapy must be able to grow and distribute widely, and to survive long term in vivo. Studies have shown that cultured effector cells can be induced to grow in vivo and to survive long term in substantial numbers by repeated stimulation with antigen supplemented with IL-2 (see, for example, Cheever et al., Immunological Reviews 157:177, 1997).
Alternatively, a vector expressing a polypeptide recited herein may be introduced into antigen presenting cells taken from a patient and clonally propagated ex vivo for transplant back into the same patient. Transfected cells may be reintroduced into the patient using any means known in the art, preferably in sterile form by intravenous, intracavitary, intraperitoneal or intratumor administration.
Routes and frequency of administration of the therapeutic compositions described herein, as well as dosage, will vary from individual to individual, and may be readily established using standard techniques. In general, the pharmaceutical compositions and immunogenic compositions may be administered by injection (e.g, intracutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous or subcutaneous), intranasally (e.g., by aspiration) or orally. Preferably, between 1 and 10 doses may be administered over a 52 week period. Preferably, 6 doses are administered, at intervals of 1 month, and booster vaccinations may be given periodically thereafter. Alternate protocols may be appropriate for individual patients. A suitable dose is an amount of a compound that, when administered as described above, is capable of promoting an anti-tumor immune response, and is at least 10-50% above the basal (i.e., untreated) level. Such response can be monitored by measuring the anti-tumor antibodies in a patient or by vaccine- dependent generation of cytolytic effector cells capable of killing the patient’s tumor cells in vitro. Such immunogenic compositions should also be capable of causing an immune response that leads to an improved clinical outcome (e.g., more frequent remissions, complete or partial or longer disease-free survival) in treated patients as compared to non-treated patients. In general, for pharmaceutical compositions and immunogenic compositions comprising one or more polypeptides, the amount of each polypeptide present in a dose ranges from about 25 pg to 5 mg per kg of host. Suitable dose sizes will vary with the size of the patient, but will typically range from about 0.1 < mL to about 5 mL. oo io In general, an appropriate dosage and treatment regimen provides the 15: active compound(s) in an amount sufficient to provide therapeutic and/or prophylactic benefit. Such a response can be monitored by establishing an improved clinical “- outcome (e.g., more frequent remissions, complete or partial, or longer disease-free # survival) in treated patients as compared to non-treated patients. Increases in preexisting immune responses to a breast tumor protein generally correlate with an improved clinical outcome. Such immune responses may generally be evaluated using standard proliferation, cytotoxicity or cytokine assays, which may be performed using samples obtained from a patient before and after treatment.
CANCER DETECTION AND DIAGNOSIS
In general, a cancer may be detected in a patient based on the presence of one or more breast tumor proteins and/or polynucleotides encoding such proteins in a biological sample (for example, blood, sera, sputum urine and/or tumor biopsies) obtained from the patient. In other words, such proteins may be used as markers to indicate the presence or absence of a cancer such as breast cancer. In addition, such proteins may be useful for the detection of other cancers. The binding agents provided herein generally permit detection of the level of antigen that binds to the agent in the biological sample. Polynucleotide primers and probes may be used to detect the level of mRNA encoding a tumor protein, which is also indicative of the presence or absence of a cancer. In general, a breast tumor sequence should be present at a level that is at least three fold higher in tumor tissue than in normal tissue
There are a variety of assay formats known to those of ordinary skill in the art for using a binding agent to detect polypeptide markers in a sample. See, e.g., ~ Harlow and Lane, Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, 1988. In general, the presence or absence of a cancer in a patient may be determined by (a) contacting a biological sample obtained from a patient with a binding agent; (b) detecting in the sample a level of polypeptide that binds to the binding agent; and (c) comparing the level of polypeptide with a predetermined cut-off value.
In a preferred embodiment, the assay involves the use of binding agent immobilized on a solid support to bind to and remove the polypeptide from the remainder of the sample. The bound polypeptide may then be detected using a detection reagent that contains a reporter group and specifically binds to the binding agent/polypeptide complex. Such detection reagents may comprise, for example, a binding agent that specifically binds to the polypeptide or an antibody or other agent that specifically binds to the binding agent, such as an anti-immunoglobulin, protein G, protein A or a lectin. Alternatively, a competitive assay may be utilized, in which a polypeptide is labeled with a reporter group and allowed to bind to the immobilized binding agent after incubation of the binding agent with the sample. The extent to which components of the sample inhibit the binding of the labeled polypeptide to the binding agent is indicative of the reactivity of the sample with the immobilized binding agent. Suitable polypeptides for use within such assays include full length breast tumor proteins and portions thereof to which the binding agent binds, as described above.
The solid support may be any material known to those of ordinary skill in the art to which the tumor protein may be attached. For example, the solid support may be a test well in a microtiter plate or a nitrocellulose or other suitable membrane.
Alternatively, the support may be a bead or disc, such as glass, fiberglass, latex or a plastic material such as polystyrene or polyvinylchloride. The support may also be a magnetic particle or a fiber optic sensor, such as those disclosed, for example, in U.S.
Patent No. 5,359,681. The binding agent may be immobilized on the solid support using a variety of techniques known to those of skill in the art, which are amply described in the patent and scientific literature. In the context of the present invention, the term "immobilization" refers to both noncovalent association, such as adsorption, and covalent attachment (which may be a direct linkage between the agent and functional groups on the support or may be a linkage by way of a cross-linking agent).
Immobilization by adsorption to a well in a microtiter plate or to a membrane is preferred. In such cases, adsorption may be achieved by contacting the binding agent, in a suitable buffer, with the solid support for a suitable amount of time. The contact time varies with temperature, but is typically between about 1 hour and about 1 day. In general, contacting a well of a plastic microtiter plate (such as polystyrene or polyvinylchloride) with an amount of binding agent ranging from about 10 ng to about -10 pg, and preferably about 100 ng to about 1 pg, is sufficient to immobilize an -adequate amount of binding agent. ~~ Covalent attachment of binding agent to a solid support may generally - be achieved by first reacting the support with a bifunctional reagent that will react with ‘both the support and a functional group, such as a hydroxyl or amino group, on the ‘binding agent. For example, the binding agent may be covalently attached to supports having an appropriate polymer coating using benzoquinone or by condensation of an aldehyde group on the support with an amine and an active hydrogen on the binding partner (see, e.g., Pierce Immunotechnology Catalog and Handbook, 1991, at
Al2-A13).
In certain embodiments, the assay is a two-antibody sandwich assay.
This assay may be performed by first contacting an antibody that has been immobilized on a solid support, commonly the well of a microtiter plate, with the sample, such that polypeptides within the sample are allowed to bind to the immobilized antibody.
Unbound sample is then removed from the immobilized polypeptide-antibody complexes and a detection reagent (preferably a second antibody capable of binding to a different site on the polypeptide) containing a reporter group is added. The amount of detection reagent that remains bound to the solid support is then determined using a method appropriate for the specific reporter group.
More specifically, once the antibody is immobilized on the support as described above, the remaining protein binding sites on the support are typically blocked. Any suitable blocking agent known to those of ordinary skill in the art, such as bovine serum albumin or Tween 20™ (Sigma Chemical Co., St. Louis, MO). The immobilized antibody is then incubated with the sample, and polypeptide is allowed to bind to the antibody. The sample may be diluted with a suitable diluent, such as phosphate-buffered saline (PBS) prior to incubation. In general, an appropriate contact time (i.e., incubation time) is a period of time that is sufficient to detect the presence of polypeptide within a sample obtained from an individual with breast cancer.
Preferably, the contact time is sufficient to achieve a level of binding that is at least about 95% of that achieved at equilibrium between bound and unbound polypeptide. ~ Those of ordinary skill in the art will recognize that the time necessary to achieve equilibrium may be readily determined by assaying the level of binding that occurs over a period of time. At room temperature, an incubation time of about 30 minutes is generally sufficient.
Unbound sample may then be removed by washing the solid support with an appropriate buffer, such as PBS containing 0.1% Tween 20™. The second antibody, which contains a reporter group, may then be added to the solid support.
Preferred reporter groups include those groups recited above.
The detection reagent is then incubated with the immobilized antibody- polypeptide complex for an amount of time sufficient to detect the bound polypeptide.
An appropriate amount of time may generally be determined by assaying the level of binding that occurs over a period of time. Unbound detection reagent is then removed and bound detection reagent is detected using the reporter group. The method employed for detecting the reporter group depends upon the nature of the reporter group. For radioactive groups, scintillation counting or autoradiographic methods are generally appropriate. Spectroscopic methods may be used to detect dyes, luminescent groups and fluorescent groups. Biotin may be detected using avidin, coupled to a different reporter group (commonly a radioactive or fluorescent group or an enzyme).
Enzyme reporter groups may generally be detected by the addition of substrate
(generally for a specific period of time), followed by spectroscopic or other analysis of the reaction products.
To determine the presence or absence of a cancer, such as breast cancer, the signal detected from the reporter group that remains bound to the solid support is generally compared to a signal that corresponds to a predetermined cut-off value. In one preferred embodiment, the cut-off value for the detection of a cancer is the average mean signal obtained when the immobilized antibody is incubated with samples from patients without the cancer. In general, a sample generating a signal that is three standard deviations above the predetermined cut-off value is considered positive for the cancer. In an alternate preferred embodiment, the cut-off value is determined using a
Receiver Operator Curve, according to the method of Sackett et al, Clinical
Epidemiology: A Basic Science for Clinical Medicine, Little Brown and Co., 1985, “ p. 106-7. Briefly, in this embodiment, the cut-off value may be determined from a plot - of pairs of true positive rates (ie., sensitivity) and false positive rates (100%- 15° specificity) that correspond to each possible cut-off value for the diagnostic test result.
The cut-off value on the plot that is the closest to the upper left-hand corner (i.e., the value that encloses the largest area) is the most accurate cut-off value, and a sample generating a signal that is higher than the cut-off value determined by this method may ~ be considered positive. Alternatively, the cut-off value may be shifted to the left along the plot, to minimize the false positive rate, or to the right, to minimize the false negative rate. In general, a sample generating a signal that is higher than the cut-off value determined by this method is considered positive for a cancer. ' In a related embodiment, the assay is performed in a flow-through or strip test format, wherein the binding agent is immobilized on a membrane, such as nitrocellulose. In the flow-through test, polypeptides within the sample bind to the immobilized binding agent as the sample passes through the membrane. A second, labeled binding agent then binds to the binding agent-polypeptide complex as a solution containing the second binding agent flows through the membrane. The detection of bound second binding agent may then be performed as described above. In the strip test format, one end of the membrane to which binding agent is bound is immersed in a solution containing the sample. The sample migrates along the membrane through a region containing second binding agent and to the area of immobilized binding agent.
Concentration of second binding agent at the area of immobilized antibody indicates the presence of a cancer. Typically, the concentration of second binding agent at that site generates a pattern, such as a line, that can be read visually. The absence of such a pattern indicates a negative result. In general, the amount of binding agent immobilized on the membrane is selected to generate a visually discernible pattern when the biological sample contains a level of polypeptide that would be sufficient to generate a positive signal in the two-antibody sandwich assay, in the format discussed above.
Preferred binding agents for use in such assays are antibodies and antigen-binding fragments thereof. Preferably, the amount of antibody immobilized on the membrane ranges from about 25 ng to about 1pg, and more preferably from about 50 ng to about 500 ng. Such tests can typically be performed with a very small amount of biological sample.
Of course, numerous other assay protocols exist that are suitable for use with the tumor proteins or binding agents of the present invention. The above descriptions are intended to be exemplary only. For example, it will be apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art that the above protocols may be readily modified to use breast tumor polypeptides to detect antibodies that bind to such polypeptides in a biological sample. The detection of such breast tumor protein specific antibodies may correlate with the presence of a cancer.
A cancer may also, or alternatively, be detected based on the presence of
T cells that specifically react with a breast tumor protein in a biological sample. Within certain methods, a biological sample comprising CD4* and/or CD8" T cells isolated from a patient is incubated with a breast tumor polypeptide, a polynucleotide encoding such a polypeptide and/or an APC that expresses at least an immunogenic portion of such a polypeptide, and the presence or absence of specific activation of the T cells is detected. Suitable biological samples include, but are not limited to, isolated T cells.
For example, T cells may be isolated from a patient by routine techniques (such as by
Ficoll/Hypaque density gradient centrifugation of peripheral blood lymphocytes). T cells may be incubated in vitro for 2-9 days (typically 4 days) at 37°C with polypeptide (e.g, 5 - 25 pg/ml). It may be desirable to incubate another aliquot of a T cell sample in the absence of breast tumor polypeptide to serve as a control. For CD4" T cells, activation is preferably detected by evaluating proliferation of the T cells. For CD8" T cells, activation is preferably detected by evaluating cytolytic activity. A level of proliferation that is at least two fold greater and/or a level of cytolytic activity that is at least 20% greater than in disease-free patients indicates the presence of a cancer in the patient.
As noted above, a cancer may also, or alternatively, be detected based on the level of mRNA encoding a breast tumor protein in a biological sample. For example, at least two oligonucleotide primers may be employed in a polymerase chain reaction (PCR) based assay to amplify a portion of a breast tumor cDNA derived from a biological sample, wherein at least one of the oligonucleotide primers is specific for (i.e., hybridizes to) a polynucleotide encoding the breast tumor protein. The amplified cDNA is then separated and detected using techniques well known in the art, such as gel electrophoresis. Similarly, oligonucleotide probes that specifically hybridize to a polynucleotide encoding a breast tumor protein may be used in a hybridization assay to . “detect the presence of polynucleotide encoding the tumor protein in a biological sample. ~ To permit hybridization under assay conditions, oligonucleotide primers and probes should comprise an oligonucleotide sequence that has at least about 60%, preferably at least about 75% and more preferably at least about 90%, identity to a portion of a polynucleotide encoding a breast tumor protein that is at least 10 nucleotides, and preferably at least 20 nucleotides, in length. Preferably, oligonucleotide primers and/or probes hybridize to a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide described herein under moderately stringent conditions, as defined above.
Oligonucleotide primers and/or .probes which may be usefully employed in the diagnostic methods described herein preferably are at least 10-40 nucleotides in length.
In a preferred embodiment, the oligonucleotide primers comprise at least 10 contiguous nucleotides, more preferably at least 15 contiguous nucleotides, of a DNA molecule having a sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 1-175, 178, 180, 182-468, 474, 476, 477 479, 484, 486 and 489. Techniques for both PCR based assays and hybridization assays are well known in the art (see, for example, Mullis et al., Cold Spring Harbor Symp. Quant.
Biol., 51:263, 1987; Erlich ed., PCR Technology, Stockton Press, NY, 1989).
One preferred assay employs RT-PCR, in which PCR is applied in conjunction with reverse transcription. Typically, RNA is extracted from a biological sample, such as biopsy tissue, and is reverse transcribed to produce cDNA molecules.
PCR amplification using at least one specific primer generates a cDNA molecule, which may be separated and visualized using, for example, gel electrophoresis.
Amplification may be performed on biological samples taken from a test patient and from an individual who is not afflicted with a cancer. The amplification reaction may be performed on several dilutions of cDNA spanning two orders of magnitude. A two- fold or greater increase in expression in several dilutions of the test patient sample as compared to the same dilutions of the non-cancerous sample is typically considered positive.
In another embodiment, the compositions described herein may be used as markers for the progression of cancer. In this embodiment, assays as described above for the diagnosis of a cancer may be performed over time, and the change in the level of reactive polypeptide(s) or polynucleotide(s) evaluated. For example, the assays may be performed every 24-72 hours for a period of 6 months to 1 year, and thereafter performed as needed. In general, a cancer is progressing in those patients in whom the level of polypeptide or polynucleotide detected increases over time. In contrast, the . cancer is not progressing when the level of reactive polypeptide or polynucleotide either" remains constant or decreases with time.
Certain in vivo diagnostic assays may be performed directly on a tumor.
One such assay involves contacting tumor cells with a binding agent. The bound binding agent may then be detected directly or indirectly via a reporter group. Such binding agents may also be used in histological applications. Alternatively, polynucleotide probes may be used within such applications.
As noted above, to improve sensitivity, multiple breast tumor protein markers may be assayed within a given sample. It will be apparent that binding agents specific for different proteins provided herein may be combined within a single assay.
Further, multiple primers or probes may be used concurrently. The selection of tumor protein markers may be based on routine experiments to determine combinations that results in optimal sensitivity. In addition, or alternatively, assays for tumor proteins provided herein may be combined with assays for other known tumor antigens.
D1aGNosTIC KITS
So The present invention further provides kits for use within any of the above diagnostic methods. Such kits typically comprise two or more components necessary for performing a diagnostic assay. Components may be compounds, reagents, containers and/or equipment. For example, one container within a kit may contain a monoclonal antibody or fragment thereof that specifically binds to a breast ~~ tumor protein. Such antibodies or fragments may be provided attached to a support material, as described above. One or more additional containers may enclose elements, such as reagents or buffers, to be used in the assay. Such kits may also, or alternatively,
Ed contain‘a detection reagent as described above that contains a reporter group suitable # for direct or indirect detection of antibody binding. # Alternatively, a kit may be designed to detect the level of mRNA > 15 encoding a breast tumor protein in a biological sample. Such kits generally comprise at 5 least one oligonucleotide probe or primer, as described above, that hybridizes to a i polynucleotide encoding a breast tumor protein. Such an oligonucleotide may be used, for example, within a PCR or hybridization assay. Additional components that may be present within such kits include a second oligonucleotide and/or a diagnostic reagent or container to facilitate the detection of a polynucleotide encoding a breast tamor protein.
The following Examples are offered by way of illustration and not by way of limitation.
EXAMPLE 1
ISOLATION AND CHARACTERIZATION OF BREAST
TUMOR POLYPEPTIDES
This Example describes the isolation of breast tumor polypeptides from a breast tumor cDNA library.
A cDNA subtraction library containing cDNA from breast tumor subtracted with normal breast cDNA was constructed as follows. Total RNA was extracted from primary tissues using Trizol reagent (Gibco BRL Life Technologies,
Gaithersburg, MD) as described by the manufacturer. The polyA+ RNA was purified using an oligo(dT) cellulose column according to standard protocols. First strand cDNA was synthesized using the primer supplied in a Clontech PCR-Select cDNA
Subtraction Kit (Clontech, Palo Alto, CA). The driver DNA consisted of cDNAs from two normal breast tissues with the tester cDNA being from three primary breast tumors.
Double-stranded cDNA was synthesized for both tester and driver, and digested with a combination of endonucleases (Mlul, Mscl, Pvull, Sall and Stul) which recognize six base pairs DNA. This modification increased the average cDNA size dramatically compared with cDNAs generated according to the protocol of Clontech (Palo Alto,
CA). The digested tester cDNAs were ligated to two different adaptors and the subtraction was performed according to Clontech’s protocol. The subtracted cDNAs were subjected to two rounds of PCR amplification, following the manufacturer’s protocol. The resulting PCR products were subcloned into the TA cloning vector, pCRII (Invitrogen, San Diego, CA) and transformed into ElectroMax E. coli DH10B cells (Gibco BRL Life, Technologies) by electroporation. DNA was isolated from independent clones and sequenced using a Perkin Elmer/Applied Biosystems Division (Foster City, CA) Automated Sequencer Model 373A.Sixty-three distinct cDNA clones were found in the subtracted breast tumor-specific cDNA library. The determined one strand (5° or 3°) cDNA sequences for the clones are provided in SEQ ID NO: 1-61, 72 and 73, respectively. Comparison ofthese cDNA sequences with known sequences in the gene bank using the EMBL and
GenBank databases (Release 97) revealed no significant homologies to the sequences
WO001/79286 PCT/US01/12164 provided in SEQ ID NO: 14, 21, 22, 27, 29, 30, 32, 38, 44, 45, 53, 72 and 73. The sequences of SEQ ID NO: 1, 3, 16, 17, 34, 48, 57, 60 and 61 were found to represent known human genes. The sequences of SEQ ID NO: 2, 4, 23, 39 and 50 were found to show some similarity to previously identified non-human genes. The remaining clones (SEQ ID NO: 5-13, 15, 18-20, 24-26, 28, 31, 33, 35-37, 40-43, 46, 47, 49, 51, 52, 54- 56, 58 and 59) were found to show at least some degree of homology to previously identified expressed sequence tags (ESTs).
To determine mRNA expression levels of the isolated cDNA clones, cDNA clones from the breast subtraction described above were randomly picked and colony PCR amplified. Their mRNA expression levels in breast tumor, normal breast and various other normal tissues were determined using microarray technology (Synteni, Palo Alto, CA). Briefly, the PCR amplification products were arrayed onto 3 slides. in an array format, with each product occupying a unique location in the array. 3 mRNA ‘was extracted from the tissue sample to be tested, reverse transcribed, and - 15 fluorescent-labeled cDNA probes were generated. The microarrays were probed with i. the labeled cDNA probes, the slides scanned and fluorescence intensity was measured. “ Data was analyzed using Synteni provided GEMTOOLS Software. Of the seventeen rol cDNA clones examined, those of SEQ ID NO: 40, 46, 59 and 73 were found to be over- expressed in breast tumor and expressed at low levels in all normal tissues: tested (breast, PBMC, colon, fetal tissue, salivary gland, bone marrow, lung, pancreas, large intestine, spinal cord, adrenal gland, kidney, pancreas, liver, stomach, skeletal muscle, heart, small intestine, skin, brain and human mammary epithelial cells). The clones of
SEQ ID NO: 41 and 48 were found to be over-expressed in breast tumor and expressed at low levels in all other tissues tested, with the exception of bone marrow. The clone of SEQ ID NO: 42 was found to be over-expressed in breast tumor and expressed at low levels in all other tissues tested except bone marrow and spinal cord. The clone of SEQ
ID NO: 43 was found to be over-expressed in breast tumor and expressed at low levels in all other tissues tested with the exception of spinal cord, heart and small intestine.
The clone of SEQ ID NO: 51 was found to be over-expressed in breast tumor and expressed at low levels in all other tissues tested with the exception of large intestine.
The clone of SEQ ID NO: 54 was found to be over-expressed in breast tumor and expressed at low levels in all other tissues tested with the exception of PBMC, stomach and small intestine. The clone of SEQ ID NO: 56 was found to be over-expressed in breast tumor and expressed at low levels in all other tissues tested with the exception of large and small intestine, human mammary epithelia cells and SCID mouse-passaged breast tumor. The clone of SEQ ID NO: 60 was found to be over-expressed in breast tumor and expressed at low levels in all other tissues tested with the exception of spinal cord and heart. The clone of SEQ ID NO: 61 was found to be over-expressed in breast tumor and expressed at low levels in all other tissues tested with the exception of small intestine. The clone of SEQ ID NO: 72 was found to be over-expressed in breast tumor and expressed at low levels in all other tissues tested with the exception of colon and salivary gland.
The results of a Northern blot analysis of the clone SYN18C6 (SEQ ID
NO: 40) are shown in Fig. 1. A predicted protein sequence encoded by SYN18C6 is provided in SEQ ID NO: 62.
Additional cDNA clones that are over-expressed in breast tumor tissue were isolated from breast cDNA subtraction libraries as follows. Breast subtraction libraries were prepared, as described above, by PCR-based subtraction employing pools of breast tumor cDNA as the tester and pools of either normal breast cDNA or cDNA from other normal tissues as the driver. cDNA clones from breast subtraction were randomly picked and colony PCR amplified and their mRNA expression levels in breast tumor, normal breast and various other normal tissues were determined using the microarray technology described above. Twenty-four distinct cDNA clones were found to be over-expressed in breast tumor and expressed at low levels in all normal tissues tested (breast, brain, liver, pancreas, lung, salivary gland, stomach, colon, kidney, bone marrow, skeletal muscle, PBMC, heart, small intestine, adrenal gland, spinal cord, large intestine and skin). The determined cDNA sequences for these clones are provided in
SEQ ID NO: 63-87. Comparison of the sequences of SEQ ID NO: 74-87 with those in the gene bank as described above, revealed homology to previously identified human genes. No significant homologies were found to the sequences of SEQ ID NO: 63-73.
Three DNA isoforms for the clone B726P (partial sequence provided in
SEQ ID NO: 71) were isolated as follows. A radioactive probe was synthesized from
B726P by excising B726P DNA from a pT7Blue vector (Novagen) by a BamHI/Xbal restriction digest and using the resulting DNA as the template in a single-stranded PCR in the presence of [a-32P]dCTP. The sequence of the primer employed for this PCR is provided in SEQ ID NO: 177. The resulting radioactive probe was used to probe a directional cDNA library and a random-primed cDNA library made using RNA isolated from breast tumors. Eighty-five clones were identified, excised, purified and sequenced. Of these 85 clones, three were found to each contain a significant open reading frame. The determined cDNA sequence of the isoform B726P-20 is provided in SEQ ID NO: 175, with the corresponding predicted amino .acid sequence being provided in SEQ ID NO: 176. The determined cDNA sequence of the isoform B726P- 74 is provided in SEQ ID NO: 178, with the corresponding predicted amino acid sequence being provided in SEQ ID NO: 179. The determined cDNA sequence of the
A isoform, B726P-79 is provided in SEQ ID NO: 180, with the corresponding predicted : amino acid sequence being provided in SEQ ID NO: 181. : } Efforts to obtain a full-length clone of B726P using standard techniques led to the isolation of five additional clones that represent additional 5° sequence of i B726P. These clones appear to be alternative splice forms of the same gene. The : determined cDNA sequences of these clones are provided in SEQ ID NO: 464-468, with the predicted amino acid sequences encoded by SEQ ID NO: 464-467 | being provided in SEQ ID NO: 470-473, respectively. Using standard computer techniques, a 3,681 bp consensus DNA sequence (SEQ ID NO: 463) was created that contains two large open reading frames. The downstream ORF encodes the amino acid sequence of
SEQ ID NO: 181. The predicted amino acid sequence encoded by the upstream ORF is provided in SEQ ID NO: 469. Subsequent studies led to the isolation of an additional splice form of B726P that has 184 bp insert relative to the other forms. This 184 bp insert causes a frameshift that brings the down stream and upstream ORFs together into a single ORF that is 1002 aa in length. The determined cDNA sequence of this alternative splice form is disclosed in SEQ ID NO: 474, with the corresponding amino acid sequence being provided in SEQ ID NO: 475.
Further isolation of individual clones that are over-expressed in breast tumor tissue was conducted using cDNA subtraction library techniques described above. In particular, a cDNA subtraction library containing cDNA from breast tumors
122° subtracted with five other normal human tissue cDNAs (brain, liver, PBMC, pancreas and normal breast) was utilized in this screening. From the original subtraction, one hundred seventy seven clones were selected to be further characterized by DNA sequencing and microarray analysis. Microarray analysis demonstrated that the sequences in SEQ ID NO: 182-251 and 479 were 2 or more fold over-expressed in human breast tumor tissues over normal human tissues. No significant homologies were found for nineteen of these clones, including, SEQ ID NO: 185, 186, 194, 199, 205, 208, 211, 214-216, 219, 222, 226, 232, 236, 240, 241, 245, 246 and 479, with the exception of some previously identified expressed sequence tags (ESTs). The remaining clones share some homology to previously identified genes, specifically SEQ
ID NO: 181-184, 187-193, 195-198, 200-204, 206, 207, 209, 210, 212, 213, 217, 218, 220, 221, 223-225, 227-231, 233-235, 237-239, 242-244 and 247-251.
One of the cDNA clones isolated by PCR subtraction as described above - (SEQ ID NO: 476; referred to as B720P) which was shown by microarray to be over- expressed in breast tumor tissues, was found to be identical to a known keratin gene.
The full-length cDNA sequence of the known keratin gene is provided in SEQ ID NO: 477, with the corresponding amino acid sequence being provided in SEQ ID NO: 478.
Primers were generated based on the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 477 and used to clone full-length cDNA from mRNA which was obtained from total RNA showing high expression of B720P in real-time PCR analysis. Products were then cloned and sequenced. The determined full-length cDNA sequence for B720P is provided in SEQ
ID NO: 484, with the corresponding amino acid sequence being provided in SEQ ID
NO: 485.
In further studies, a truncated form of B720P (referred to as B720P-tr) was identified in breast carcinomas. This antigen was cloned from mRNA derived from total breast tumor RNA that showed high expression of B720P-tr in real-time PCR analysis. mRNA was used to generate a pool of cDNA which was then used as a template to amplify the cDNA corresponding to B720P-tr by PCR. The determined cDNA sequence for B720P-r is provided in SEQ ID NO: 486. B720P-ir has an ORF of 708 base pairs which encodes a 236 amino acid protein (SEQ ID NO: 487). The size of the transcript was confirmed by northern analysis.
Of the seventy clones showing over-expression in breast tumor tissues, fifteen demonstrated particularly good expression levels in breast tumor over normal human tissues. The following eleven clones did not show any significant homology to any known genes. Clone 19463.1 (SEQ ID NO: 185) was over-expressed in the majority of breast tumors and also in the SCID breast tumors tested (refer to Example 2); additionally, over-expression was found in a majority of normal breast tissues.
Clone 19483.1 (SEQ ID NO: 216) was over-expressed in a few breast tumors, with no over-expression in any normal tissues tested. Clone 19470.1 (SEQ ID NO: 219) was found to be slightly over-expressed in some breast tumors. Clone 19468.1 (SEQ ID NO: 222) was found to be slightly over-expressed in the majority of breast tumors tested.
Clone 19505.1 (SEQ ID NO: 226) was found to be slightly over-expressed in 50% of breast tumors, as well as in SCID tumor tissues, with some degree of over-expressionin found in normal breast. Clone 1509.1 (SEQ ID NO: 232) was found to be over- expressed in very few breast tumors, but with a certain degree of over-expression in metastatic breast tumor tissues, as well as no significant over-expression found in normal tissues. Clone 19513.1 (SEQ ID NO: 236) was shown to be slightly over- expressed in few breast tumors, with no significant over-expression levels found in normal tissues. Clone 19575.1 (SEQ ID NO: 240) showed low level over-expressionin some breast tumors and also in normal breast. Clone 19560.1 (SEQ ID NO: 241) was over-expressed in 50% of breast tumors tested, as well as in some normal breast tissues.
Clone 19583.1 (SEQ ID NO: 245) was slightly over-expressed in some breast tumors, with very low levels of over-expression found in normal tissues. Clone 19587.1 (SEQ
ID NO: 246) showed low level over-expression in some breast tumors and no significant over-expression in normal tissues.
Clone 19520.1 (SEQ ID NO: 233), showing homology to clone 102D24 on chromosome 11q13.31, was found to be over-expressed in breast tumors and in
SCID tumors. Clone 19517.1 (SEQ ID NO: 237), showing homology to human PAC 128M19 clone, was found to be slightly over-expressed in the majority of breast tumors tested. Clone 19392.2 (SEQ ID NO: 247), showing homology to human chromosome 17, was shown to be over-expressed in 50% of breast tumors tested. Clone 19399.2 (SEQ ID NO: 250), showing homology to human Xp22 BAC GSHB-184P14, was shown to be slightly over-expressed in a limited number of breast tumors tested.
In subsequent studies, 64 individual clones were isolated from a subtracted cDNA library containing cDNA from a pool of breast tumors subtracted with cDNA from five normal tissues (brain, liver, PBMC, pancreas and normal breast). The subtracted cDNA library was prepared as described above with the following modification. A combination of five six-base cutters (Mlul, Mscl, Pvull, Sall and Stul) was used to digest the cDNA instead of Rsal. This resulted in an increase in the average insert size from 300 bp to 600 bp. The 64 isolated clones were colony PCR amplified and their mRNA expression levels in breast tumor tissue, normal breast and various other normal tissues were examined by microarray technology as described above. The determined cDNA sequences of 11 clones which were found to be over- expressed in breast tumor tissue are provided in SEQ ID NO: 405-415. Comparison of these sequences to those in the public database, as outlined above, revealed homologies between the sequences of SEQ ID NO: 408, 411, 413 and 414 and previously isolated
ESTs. The sequences of SEQ ID NO: 405-407, 409, 410, 412 and 415 were found to show some homology to previously identified sequences.
In further studies, a subtracted cDNA library was prepared from cDNA from metastatic breast tumors subtracted with a pool of cDNA from five normal tissues (breast, brain, lung, pancreas and PBMC) using the PCR-subtraction protocol of
Clontech, described above. The determined cDNA sequences of 90 clones isolated from this library are provided in SEQ ID NO: 316-404. Comparison of these sequences with those in the public database, as described above, revealed no significant homologies to the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 366. The sequences of SEQ ID NO: 321- 325, 343, 354, 368, 369, 377, 382, 385, 389, 395, 397 and 400 were found to show some homology to previously isolated ESTs. The remaining sequences were found to show homology to previously identified gene sequences.
In yet further studies, a subtracted cDNA library (referred to as 2BT) was prepared from cDNA from breast tumors subtracted with a pool of cDNA from six normal tissues (liver, brain, stomach, small intestine, kidney and heart) using the PCR- subtraction protocol of Clontech, described above. cDNA clones isolated from this subtraction were subjected to DNA microarray analysis as described above and the resulting data subjected to four modified Gemtools analyses. The first analysis compared 28 breast tumors with 28 non-breast normal tissues. A mean over-expression of at least 2.1 fold was used as a selection cut-off. The second analysis compared 6 metastatic breast tumors with 29 non-breast normal tissues. A mean over-expression of at least 2.5 fold was used as a cut-off. The third and fourth analyses compared 2 early
SCID mouse-passaged with 2 late SCID mouse-passaged tumors. A mean over- expression in the early or late passaged tumors of 2.0 fold or greater was used as a cut- off. In addition, a visual analysis was performed on the microarray data for the 2BT clones. The determined cDNA sequences of 13 clones identified in the visual analysis are provided in SEQ ID NO: 427-439. The determined cDNA sequences of 22 clones ~ identified using the modified Gemtools analysis are provided in SEQ ID NO: 440-462, wherein SEQ ID NO: 453 and 454 represent two partial, non-overlapping, sequences of the same clone.
Comparison of the clone sequences of SEQ ID NO: 436 and 437 (referred to as 263G6 and 262B2) with those in the public databases, as described above, revealed no significant homologies to previously identified Sequences. The sequences of SEQ ID
NO: 427, 429, 431, 435, 438, 441, 443, 444, 445, 446, 450, 453 and 454 (referred to as 266B4; 266G3, 264B4, 263Gl, 262B6, 2BT2-34, 2BT1-77, 2BT1-62, 2BT1-60,61, : 2BT1-59, 2BT1-52 and 2BT1-40, respectively) showed some homology to previously isolated expressed sequences tags (ESTs). The sequences of SEQ ID NO: 428, 430, 432, 433, 434, 439, 440, 442, 447, 448, 449, 451, 452 and 455-462 (referred to as clones 22892, 22890, 22883, 22882, 22880, 22869, 21374, 21349, 21093, 21091, 21089, 21085, 21084, 21063, 21062, 21060, 21053, 21050, 21036, 21037 and 21048, respectively), showed some homology to gene sequences previously identified in humans. ’
EXAMPLE 2
ISOLATION AND CHARACTERIZATION OF BREAST
TUMOR POLYPEPTIDES OBTAINED BY PCR-BASED SUBTRACTION USING
SCID-PASSAGED TUMOR RNA
Human breast tumor antigens were obtained by PCR-based subtraction using SCID mouse passaged breast tumor RNA as follows. Human breast tumor was implanted in SCID mice and harvested on the first or sixth serial passage, as described in Patent Application Serial No. 08/556,659 filed 11/13/95, U.S. Patent No. 5,986,170.
Genes found to be differentially expressed between early and late passage SCID tumor may be stage specific and therefore useful in therapeutic and diagnostic applications.
Total RNA was prepared from snap frozen SCID passaged human breast tumor from both the first and sixth passage.
PCR-based subtraction was performed essentially as described above. In the first subtraction (referred to as T9), RNA from first passage tumor was subtracted from sixth passage tumor RNA to identify more aggressive, later passage-specific antigens. Of the 64 clones isolated and sequenced from this subtraction, no significant homologies were found to 30 of these clones, hereinafter referred to as: 13053, 13057, 13059, 13065, 13067, 13068, 13071-13073, 13075, 13078, 13079, 13081, 13082, 13092, 13097, 13101, 13102, 13131, 13133, 13119, 13135, 13139, 13140, 13146- 13149, and 13151, with the exception of some previously identified expressed sequence tags (ESTs). The determined cDNA sequences for these clones are provided in SEQ ID
NO: 88-116, respectively. The isolated cDNA sequences of SEQ ID NO: 117-140 showed homology to known genes.
In a second PCR-based subtraction, RNA from sixth passage tumor was subtracted from first passage tumor RNA to identify antigens down-regulated over multiple passages. Of the 36 clones isolated and sequenced, no significant homologies were found to nineteen of these clones, hereinafter referred to as: 14376, 14377, 14383, 14384, 14387, 14392, 14394, 14398, 14401, 14402, 14405, 14409, 14412, 14414- 14416, 14419, 14426, and 14427, with the exception of some previously identified expressed sequence tags (ESTs). The determined cDNA sequences for these clones are provided in SEQ ID NO: 141-159, respectively. The isolated cDNA sequences of SEQ
IDNO: 160-174 were found to show homology to previously known genes.
Further analysis of human breast tumor antigens through PCR-based subtraction using first and sixth passage SCID tumor RNA was performed. Sixty three clones were found to be differentially expressed by a two or more fold margin, as determined by microarray analysis, i.e., higher expression in early passage tumor over late passage tumor, or vice versa.. Seventeen of these clones showed no significant homology to any known genes, although some degree of homology with previously identified expressed sequence tags (ESTs) was found, hereinafter referred to as 20266, 20270, 20274, 20276, 20277, 20280, 20281, 20294, 20303, 20310, 20336, 20341, 20941, 20954, 20961, 20965 and 20975 (SEQ ID NO: 252-268, respectively). The : remaining clones were found to share some degree of homology to known genes, which are identified in the Brief Description of the Drawings and Sequence Identifiers section above, hereinafter referred to as 20261, 20262, 20265, 20267, 20268, 20271, 20272, 20273, 20278, 20279, 20293, 20300, 20305, 20306, 20307, 20313, 20317,-20318, 20320, 20321, 20322, 20326, 20333, 20335, 20337, 20338, 20340, 20938, 20939, 20940, 20942, 20943, 20944, 20946, 20947, 20948, 20949, 20950, 20951, 20952, 20957, 20959, 20966, 20976, 20977 and 20978. The determined cDNA sequences for these clones are provided in SEQ ID NO: 269-314, respectively.
The clones 20310, 20281, 20262, 20280, 20303, 20336, 20270, 20341, 20326 and 20977 (also referred to as B820P, B821P, B822P, B823P, B824P, B825P, : | B826P, B827P, B828P and B829P, respectively) were selected for further analysis based on the results obtained with microarray analysis. Specifically, microarray data analysis indicated at least two- to three-fold overexpression of these clones in breast tumor RNA compared to normal tissues tested. Subsequent studies led to the determination of the complete insert sequence for the clones B820P, B821P, B822P,
B823P, B824P, B825P, B826P, B827P, B828P and B829P. These extended cDNA sequences are provided in SEQ ID NO: 416-426, respectively.
EXAMPLE 3
SYNTHESIS OF POLYPEPTIDES
Polypeptides may be synthesized on an Perkin Elmer/Applied
Biosystems Division 430A peptide synthesizer using FMOC chemistry with HPTU (O-
Benzotriazole-N,N,N',N'-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate) activation. A Gly-
Cys-Gly sequence may be attached to the amino terminus of the peptide to provide a method of conjugation, binding to an immobilized surface, or labeling of the peptide.
Cleavage of the peptides from the solid support may be carried out using the following cleavage mixture: trifluoroacetic ~~ acid:ethanedithiol:thioanisole:water:phenol
(40:1:2:2:3). After cleaving for 2 hours, the peptides may be precipitated in cold methyl-t-butyl-ether. The peptide pellets may then be dissolved in water containing 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) and lyophilized prior to purification by C18 reverse phase HPLC. A gradient of 0%-60% acetonitrile (containing 0.1% TFA) in water (containing 0.1% TFA) may be used to elute the peptides. Following lyophilization of the pure fractions, the peptides may be characterized using electrospray or other types of mass spectrometry and by amino acid analysis.
EXAMPLE 4
ELICITATION OF BREAST ANTIGEN-SPECIFIC CTL RESPONSES
In HUMAN BLOOD
This Example illustrates the ability of the breast-specific antigen B726P to elicit a cytotoxic T lymphocyte (CTL) response in peripheral blood lymphocytes from normal humans.
Autologous dendritic cells (DC) were differentiated from monocyte cultures derived from PBMC of a normal donor by growth for five days in RPMI medium containing 10% human serum, 30 ng/ml GM-CSF and 30 ng/ml IL-4.
Following five days of culture, DC were infected overnight with adenovirus expressing recombinant B726P (downstream ORF; SEQ ID NO: 181) at an M.O.L of 2.5 and matured for 8 hours by the addition of 2 micrograms/ml CD40 ligand. CD8 positive cells were enriched for by the depletion of CD4 and CD14-positive cells. Priming cultures were initiated in individual wells of several 96-well plates with the cytokines
IL-6 and IL-12. These cultures were restimulated in the presence of IL-2 using autologous fibroblasts treated with IFN-gamma and transduced with B726P and CD80.
Following three stimulation cycles, the presence of B726P-specific CTL activity was assessed in IFN-gamma Elispot assays (Lalvani et al., J. Exp. Med. 186:859-865, 1997) using IFN-gamma treated autologous fibroblasts transduced to express either B726P or an irrelevant, control, antigen as antigen presenting cells (APC). Of approximately 96 lines, one line (referred to as 6-2B) was identified that appeared to specifically recognize B726P-transduced APC but not control antigen-transduced APC. This io microculture was cloned using standard protocols. B726P-specific CTL were identified by Elispot analysis and expanded for further analysis. These CTL clones were demonstrated to recognize B726P-expressing fibroblasts, but not the control antigen
MART-1, using chromium-51 release assays. Furthermore, using a panel of allogeneic fibroblasts transduced with B726P in antibody blocking assays, the HLA restriction element for these B726P-specific CTL was identified as HLA-B*1501.
In order to define more accurately the location of the epitope recognized by the B726P-specific CTL clones, a deletion construct comprising only the N-terminal half of B726P (B726Pdelta3') was constructed (a.a. 1-129) into the pBIB retroviral expression plasmid. This plasmid as well as other plasmids containing B726P were transfected into COS-7 cells either alone or in combination with a plasmid expressing
HLA-B*1501. Aproximately 48 hours after transfection, a B726P-specific CTL clone (1-9B) was added at approximately 10e4 cells per well. The wells were harvested the next day and the amount of IFN-gamma released was measured by ELISA. The CTL responded above background (EGFP) to COS-7 cells that had been transfected with ’ ‘both B726P and HLA-B*1501. There was no response above background to COS-7 cells that had been transfected with B726P or HLA-B* 1501 only. Importantly, a higher response was seen with COS-7 cells that had been transfected with HLA-B*1501 and
B726Pdelta3'". This result indicated that the epitope was likely to be located in the N- © terminal region (a.a. 1-129) of B726P. This region was examined and amino acid sequences that corresponded to the HILA-B*1501 peptide binding motif (J.
Immunol.1999,162:7277-84) were identified and synthesized. These peptides were pulsed at 10 ug/ml onto autologous B-LCL overnight. The next day the cells were washed and the ability of the cells to stimulate the B726P-specific CTL clone 1-9B was assayed in a IFN-gamma ELISPOT assay. Of the eleven peptides tested, only one : peptide, having the amino acid sequence SLTKRASQY (a.a. 76-84; SEQ ID NO: 488) was able to be recognized by the CTL. This result identifies this peptide as being a naturally-processed epitope recognized by this B726P-specific CTL clone.
EXAMPLE 5
PREPARATION AND CHARACTERIZATION OF ANTIBODIES AGAINST
BREAST TUMOR POLYPEPTIDES
Polyclonal antibodies against the breast tumor antigen B726P were -prepared as follows.
The downstream ORF of B726P (SEQ ID NO: 181) expressed in an E. coli recombinant expression system was grown overnight in LB broth with the appropriate antibiotics at 37 °C in a shaking incubator. The next morning, 10 ml of the overnight culture was added to 500 ml to 2x YT plus appropriate antibiotics in a 2L- baffled Erlenmeyer flask. When the Optical Density (at 560 nm) of the culture reached 0.4-0.6, the cells were induced with IPTG (1 mM). Four hours after induction with
IPTG, the cells were harvested by centrifugation. The cells were then washed with phosphate buffered saline and centrifuged again. The supernatant was discarded and the cells were either frozen for future use or immediately processed. Twenty ml of lysis buffer was added to the cell pellets and vortexed. To break open the E. coli cells, this mixture was then run through the French Press at a pressure of 16,000 psi. The cells were then centrifuged again and the supernatant and pellet were checked by SDS-PAGE for the partitioning of the recombinant protein. For proteins that localized to the cell pellet, the pellet was resuspended in 10 mM Tris pH 8.0, 1% CHAPS and the inclusion body pellet was washed and centrifuged again. This procedure was repeated twice more. The washed inclusion body pellet was solubilized with either 8 M urea or 6 M guanidine HCI containing 10 mM Tris pH 8.0 plus 10 mM imidazole. The solubilized protein was added to 5 ml of nickel-chelate resin (Qiagen) and incubated for 45 min to 1 hour at room temperature with continuous agitation. After incubation, the resin and protein mixture were poured through a disposable column and the flow through was collected. The column was then washed with 10-20 column volumes of the solubilization buffer. The antigen was then eluted from the column using 8M urea, 10 roM Tris pH 8.0 and 300 mM imidazole and collected in 3 ml fractions. A SDS-PAGE gel was run to determine which fractions to pool for further purification. :
As a final purification step, a strong anion exchange resin, such as
HiPrepQ (Biorad), was equilibrated with the appropriate buffer and the pooled fractions from above were loaded onto the column. Antigen was eluted off the column with a increasing salt gradient. Fractions were collected as the column was run and another
SDS-PAGE gel was run to determine which fractions from the column to pool. The pooled fractions were dialyzed against 10 mM Tris pH 8.0. The protein was then vialed after filtration through a 0.22 micron filter and the antigens were frozen until needed for immunization.
Four hundred micrograms of B726P antigen was combined with 100 micrograms of muramyldipeptide (MDP). Every four weeks rabbits were boosted with 100 micrograms mixed with an equal volume of Incomplete Freund’s Adjuvant (IFA).
Seven days following each boost, the animal was bled. Sera was generated by incubating the blood at 4 °C for 12-24 hours followed by centrifugation. : - | Ninety-six well plates were coated with B726P antigen by incubating with 50 microliters (typically 1 microgram) of recombinant protein at 4 °C for 20 hours. 250 Microliters of BSA blocking buffer was added to the wells and incubated at room temperature for 2 hours. Plates were washed 6 times with PBS/0.01% Tween. Rabbit : sera was diluted in PBS. Fifty microliters of diluted sera was added to each well and incubated at room temperature for 30 min. Plates were washed as described above before 50 ‘microliters of goat anti-rabbit horse radish peroxidase (HRP) at a 1:10000 dilution was added and incubated at room temperature for 30 min. Plates were again washed as described above and 100 microliters of TMB microwell peroxidase substrate was added to each well. Following a 15 min incubation in the dark at room temperature, the colorimetric reaction was stopped with 100 microliters of IN H,S0, and read immediately at 450 nm. The polyclonal antibodies showed immunoreactivity to B726P.
EXAMPLE 6
PROTEIN EXPRESSION OF BREAST TUMOR ANTIGENS
The downstream ORF of B726P (SEQ ID NO: 181), together with a C- terminal 6X His Tag, was expressed in insect cells using the baculovirus expression system as follows.
The cDNA for the full-length downstream ORF of B726P was PCR amplified using the primers of SEQ ID NO: 480 and 481. The PCR product with the expected size was recovered from agarose gel, restriction digested with EcoRI and Hind
II, and ligated into the transfer plasmid pFastBacl, which was digested with the same restriction enzymes. The sequence of the insert was confirmed by DNA sequencing.
The recombinant transfer plasmid pFBB726P was used to make recombinant bacmid
DNA and virus using the Bac-To-Bac Baculovirus expression system (BRL Life
Technologies, Gaithersburg, MD). High Five cells were infected with the recombinant virus BVB726P to produce protein. The cDNA and amino acid sequences of the expressed B726P recombinant protein are provided in SEQ ID NO: 482 and 483, respectively.
From the foregoing, it will be appreciated that, although specific embodiments of the invention have been described herein for the purposes of illustration, various modifications may be made without deviating from the spirit and scope of the invention.
Claims (1)
- PCT/US01/12164 CLAIMS1. An isolated polypeptide, comprising at least an immunogenic portion of a breast tumor protein, wherein the tumor protein comprises an amino acid sequence that is encoded by a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of: (a) sequences recited in SEQ ID NOs: 474, 482, 489, and 490-492; (b) sequences that hybridize to a sequence recited in any one of SEQ ID NOs: 474, 482, 489, and 490-492 under moderately stringent conditions; and (c) complements of sequences of (a) or (b).2. An isolated polypeptide according to claim 1, wherein the polypeptide comprises an amino acid sequence that is encoded by a polynucleotide sequence recited in any one of SEQ ID NOs: 474, 482, 489, and 490-492 or a complement of any of the foregoing polynucleotide sequences.3. An isolated polypeptide comprising a sequence recited in any one of SEQ ID NOs: 475, 483, 488, and 493-495.4. An isolated polynucleotide encoding at least 15 amino acid residues of a breast tumor protein, or a variant thereof that differs in one or more substitutions, deletions, additions and/or insertions such that the ability of the variant to react with antigen-specific antisera is not substantially diminished, wherein the tumor protein comprises an amino acid sequence that is encoded by a polynucleotide comprising a sequence recited in any one of SEQ ID NOs: 474, 482, and 490-492 or a complement of any of the foregoing sequences.5. An isolated polynucleotide encoding a breast tumor protein, or a variant thereof, wherein the tumor protein comprises an amino acid sequence that is encoded by a polynucleotide comprising a sequence recited in any one of SEQ ID NOs: 474, 482, 489, and 490-4920r a complement of any of the foregoing sequences.6. An isolated polynucleotide, comprising a sequence recited in any one of SEQ ID NOs: 474, 482, 489, and 490-492. :7. An isolated polynucleotide, comprising a sequence that hybridizes to a sequence recited in any one of SEQ ID NOs: 474, 482, 489, and 490-492 under moderately stringent conditions.: 8. An isolated polynucleotide complementary to a polynucleotide according to any one of claims 4-7.9. An expression vector, comprising a polynucleotide according to any one of claims 4-8.10. A host cell transformed or transfected with an expression vector according to claim 9. AMENDED SHEETPCT/USO1/12164 L 13411. An isolated antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof, that specifically binds to a breast tumor protein that comprises an amino acid sequence that is encoded by a polynucleotide sequence recited in any one of SEQ ID NOs: 474, 482, 489, and 490-492 or a complement of any of the foregoing polynucleotide sequences.12. A fusion protein, comprising at least one polypeptide according to claim 1.13. A fusion protein according to claim 12, wherein the fusion protein comprises an expression enhancer that increases expression of the fusion protein in a host cell transfected with a polynucleotide encoding the fusion protein.14. A fusion protein according to claim 12, wherein the fusion protein comprises a T helper epitope that is not present within the polypeptide of claim 1.15. A fusion protein according to claim 12, wherein the fusion protein comprises an affinity tag.16. A fusion protein, comprising a first amino acid portion and a second amino acid portion wherein said first amino acid portion includes 9 or more contiguous amino acids from mammaglobin as depicted by amino acids 1-93 of SEQ ID NO: 493; wherein said second amino acid portion includes 9 or more contiguous amino acids from B726P as depicted by SEQ ID NO: 475, SEQ ID NO: 469, or SEQ ID NO: 176; and wherein said first amino acid portion is connected to either the amino terminal or carboxy-terminal end of said second amino acid portion.17. The fusion protein of claim 16 wherein said first amino acid portion is selected from the group consisting of IDELKECFLNQTDETLSNVE (amino acids 59-78 of SEQ ID NO: 493); TTNAIDELKECFLNQ (amino acids 55-69 of SEQ ID NO: 493); SQHCYAGSGCPLLENVISKTI (amino acids 13-33 of SEQ ID NO: 493); EYKELLQEFIDDNATTNAID (amino acids 41-60 of SEQ ID NO: 493); KLLMVLMLA (amino acids 2-10 of SEQ ID NO: 493); QEFIDDNATTNALI (amino acids 47-59 of SEQ ID NO: 493); and LKECFLNQTDETL (amino acids 62-74 of SEQ ID NO: 493).18. The fusion protein of claim 16 wherein said second amino acid portion includes 9 or more contiguous amino acids encoded by the combined upstream and downstream open reading frame (ORF) of B726P as depicted in SEQ ID NO: 475.19. The fusion protein of claim 16 wherein said second amino acid portion includes 9 or more contiguous amino acids encoded by the upstream ORF of B726P as depicted in from SEQ ID NO: 469.20. The fusion protein of claim 16 wherein said second amino acid portion includes 9 or more contiguous amino acids encoded by the downstream ORF of B726P as depicted in SEQ ID NO: 176. AMENDED SHEETPCT/US01/1216421. The fusion protein of claim 16 wherein said second amino acid portion includes 9 or more contiguous amino acids from the amino acid sequence depicted by amino acids 1-129 of SEQ ID NO: 475.22. The fusion protein of claim 16 as depicted in SEQ ID NO: 493.23. The fusion protein of claim 16 as depicted in SEQ ID NO: 494.24. The fusion protein of claim 16 as depicted in SEQ ID NO: 495.25. An isolated polynucleotide encoding a fusion protein according to claim 12 or claim 16.26. The fusion protein of claim 16 wherein said first amino acid portion is connected to the N-terminus of said second amino acid portion.27. The fusion protein of claim 16 wherein said first amino acid portion is connected to the C-terminus of said second amino acid portion.28. An isolated polynucleotide encoding a fusion protein according to claim 12 or claim 16.29. A pharmaceutical composition, comprising a physiologically acceptable carrier and at least one component selected from the group consisting of: (2) a polypeptide according to claim 1; (b) a polynucleotide according to claim 4; (c) an antibody according to claim 11; (d) a fusion protein according to claim 12 or claim 16; and (e) a polynucleotide according to claim 28.30. An immunogenic composition comprising an immunostimulant and at least one component selected from the group consisting of (a) a polypeptide according to claim 1; (b) a polynucleotide according to claim 4; (©) an antibody according to claim 11; (d) a fusion protein according to claim 12 or claim 16; and (e) a polynucleotide according to claim 28.31. An immunogenic composition according to claim 30, wherein the immunostimulant is an adjuvant.32. An immunogenic composition according to claim 30, wherein the immunostimulant induces a predominantly Type I response.33. Use of at least one component selected from the group consisting of: (a) a polypeptide according to claim 1; (b) a polynucleotide according to claim 4; (c) an antibody according to claim 11; AMENDED SHEET contiguous amino acids from mammaglobin as depicted by amino acids 1-93 of SEQ ID NO: 493; wherein said second amino acid portion includes 9 or more contiguous amino acids from B726P as depicted by SEQ ID NO: 475, SEQ ID NO: 469, or SEQ ID NO: 176; and wherein said first amino acid portion is connected to either the amino terminal or carboxy-terminal end of said second amino acid portion.17. The fusion protein of claim 16 wherein said first amino acid : portion is selected from the group consisting of IDELKECFLNQTDETLSNVE (amino acids 59- : 78 of SEQ ID NO: 493); TTNAIDELKECFLNQ (amino acids 55-69 of SEQ ID NO: 493); SQHCYAGSGCPLLENVISKTI (amino acids 13-33 of SEQ ID NO: 493); EYKELLQEFIDDNATTNAID (amino acids 41-60 of SEQ ID NO: 493); KLLMVLMLA (amino acids 2-10 of SEQ ID NO: 493); QEFIDDNATTNAI (amino acids 47-59 of SEQ ID NO: 493); and LKECFLNQTDETL (amino acids 62-74 of SEQ ID NO: 493).18. The fusion protein of claim 16 wherein said second amino acid portion includes 9 or more contiguous amino acids encoded by the combined upstream and downstream open reading frame (ORF) of B726P as depicted in SEQ ID NO: 475.19. The fusion protein of claim 16 wherein said second amino acid portion includes 9 or more contiguous amino acids encoded by the upstream ORF of B726P as depicted in from SEQ ID NO: 469.20. The fusion protein of claim 16 wherein said second amino acid portion includes 9 or more contiguous amino acids encoded by the downstream ORF of B726P as depicted in SEQ ID NO: 176.21. The fusion protein of claim 16 wherein said second amino acid portion includes 9 or more contiguous amino acids from the amino acid sequence depicted by amino acids 1-129 of SEQ ID NO: 475.22. The fusion protein of claim 16 as depicted in SEQ ID NO: 493.23. The fusion protein of claim 16 as depicted in SEQ ID NO: 494.24. The fusion protein of claim 16 as depicted in SEQ ID NO: 495.25. Anisolated polynucleotide encoding a fusion protein according to claim 12 or claim 16. - : 26. The fusion protein of claim 16 wherein said first amino acid N portion is connected to the N-terminus of said second amino acid portion. :27. The fusion protein of claim 16 wherein said first amino acid - portion is connected to the C-terminus of said second amino acid portion. = 28. An isolated polynucleotide encoding a fusion protein according to claim 12 or claim 16.29. A pharmaceutical composition, comprising a physiologically acceptable carrier and at least one component selected from the group consisting of: (a) a polypeptide according to claim 1; (b) apolynucleotide according to claim 4; (c) an antibody according to claim 11; (d) afusion protein according to claim 12 or claim 16; and } (e) apolynucleotide according to claim 28.30. An immunogenic composition comprising an immunostimulant and at least one component selected from the group consisting of: (a) apolypeptide according to claim 1; ®) a polynucleotide according to claim 4;(c) an antibody according to claim 11; (d) afusion protein according to claim 12 or claim 16; and (¢) apolynucleotide according to claim 28.31. An immunogenic composition according to claim 30, wherein the immunostimulant is an adjuvant.32. An immunogenic composition according to claim 30, wherein the immunostimulant induces a predominantly Type I response.33. A method for inhibiting the development of a cancer in a patient, comprising administering to a patient an effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition according to claim 29.34. A method for inhibiting the development of a cancer in a patient, comprising administering to a patient an effective amount of an immunogenic composition according to claim 30.35. A pharmaceutical composition comprising an antigen-presenting cell that expresses a polypeptide according to claim 1, in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient.36. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 29, wherein the antigen presenting cell is a dendritic cell or a macrophage.37. An immunogenic composition comprising an antigen-presenting cell that expresses a polypeptide comprising at least an immunogenic portion of a breast tumor protein, or a variant thereof, wherein the tumor protein comprises an amino acid sequence that is encoded by a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of: (@ sequences recited in SEQ ID NOs:1-175, 178, 180, 182-468, 474, 476, 477, 479, 484, 486, and 489-492;oo PCT/US01/1216454. A method according to claim 53, wherein the antibody is a monoclonal antibody.55. A method according to claim 52, wherein the cancer is breast cancer.56. A method for monitoring the progression of a cancer in a patient, comprising the steps of: (a) contacting a biological sample obtained from a patient at a first point in time with a binding agent that binds to a breast tumor protein, wherein the tumor protein comprises an amino acid sequence that is encoded by a polynucleotide sequence recited in any one of SEQ ID NOs: 474, 482, 489, and 490-492 or a complement of any of the foregoing polynucleotide sequences; I (b) detecting in the sample an amount of polypeptide that binds to the binding agent, (c) repeating steps (a) and (b) using a biological sample obtained from the patient at a subsequent point in time; and (d) comparing the amount of polypeptide detected in step (c) to the amount detected in step (b) and therefrom monitoring the progression of the cancer in the patient.57. A method according to claim 56, wherein the binding agent is an antibody.58. A method according to claim 57, wherein the antibody is a monoclonal antibody.59. A method according to claim 56, wherein the cancer is a breast cancer.60. A method for determining the presence or absence of a cancer in a patient, comprising the steps of: (a) contacting a biological sample obtained from a patient with an oligonucleotide that hybridizes to a polynucleotide that encodes a breast tumor protein, wherein the tumor protein comprises an amino acid sequence that is encoded by a polynucleotide sequence recited in any one of SEQ ID NO: 474, 482, 489, and 490-492 or a complement of any of the foregoing polynucleotide sequences; (b) detecting in the sample an amount of a polynucleotide that hybridizes to the oligonucleotide; and (©) comparing the amount of polynucleotide that hybridizes to the oligonucleotide to a predetermined cut-off value, and therefrom determining the presence or absence of a cancer in the patient.61. A method according to claim 60, wherein the amount of polynucleotide that hybridizes to the oligonucleotide is determined using a polymerase chain reaction. / : 62. A method according to claim 60, wherein the amount of polynucleotide that hybridizes to the oligonucleotide is determined using a hybridization assay. AMENDED SHEETPCT/UsS01/12164 ® 14063. A method for monitoring the progression of a cancer in a patient, comprising the steps of: (a) contacting a biological sample obtained from a patient with an oligonucleotide that hybridizes to a polynucleotide that encodes a breast tumor protein, wherein the tumor protein comprises an amino acid sequence that is encoded by a polynucleotide sequence recited in any one of SEQ ID NO: 474, 482, 489, and 490-492 or a complement of any of the foregoing polynucleotide sequences; (b) detecting in the sample an amount of a polynucleotide that hybridizes to the oligonucleotide; (c) repeating steps (a) and (b) using a biological sample obtained from the patient at a subsequent point in time; and (d) comparing the amount of polynucleotide detected in step (c) to the amount detected in step (b) and therefrom monitoring the progression of the cancer in the patient.64. A method according to claim 63, wherein the amount of polynucleotide that hybridizes to the oligonucleotide is determined using a polymerase chain reaction.65. A method according to claim 63, wherein the amount of polynucleotide that hybridizes to the oligonucleotide is determined using a hybridization assay.66. . A diagnostic kit, comprising: (a) one or more antibodies according to claim 11; and (b) a detection reagent comprising a reporter group.67. A kit according to claim 66, wherein the antibodies are immobilized on a solid support.68. A kit according to claim 66, wherein the detection reagent comprises an anti-immunoglobulin, protein G, protein A or lectin.69. A kit according to claim 66, wherein the reporter group is selected from the group consisting of radioisotopes, fluorescent groups, luminescent groups, enzymes, biotin and dye particles.70. An oligonucleotide comprising 10 to 40 contiguous nucleotides that hybridize under moderately stringent conditions to a polynucleotide that encodes a breast tumor protein, wherein the tumor protein comprises an amino acid sequence that is encoded by a polynucleotide sequence recited in any one of SEQ ID NOs: 474, 482, 489, and 490-492 or a complement of any of the foregoing polynucleotides.71. A oligonucleotide according to claim 70, wherein the oligonucleotide comprises 10-40 contiguous nucleotides recited in any one of SEQ ID NOs: 474, 482, 489, and 490-492.72. A diagnostic kit, comprising: (a) an oligonucleotide according to claim 71; and (b) a diagnostic reagent for use in a polymerase chain reaction or hybridization assay. AMENDED SHEETPCT/US01/1216473. A substance or composition for use in a method for inhibiting the development of a cancer in a patient, said substance or composition comprising at least one component selected from the group consisting of: (a) a polypeptide according to claim 1; (b) a polynucleotide according to claim 4; (©) an antibody according to claim 11; (d) a fusion protein according to claim 12 or claim 16; and (e) a polynucleotide according to claim 28, and said method comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of said substance or composition.74. A substance or composition for use in a method for inhibiting the development of a cancer in a patient, said substance or composition comprising at least one component selected from the group consisting of: (a) a polypeptide according to claim 1; (b) apolynucleotide according to claim 4; © an antibody according to claim 11; (d a fusion protein according to claim 12 or claim 16; and (e) a polynucleotide according to claim 28, and said method comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of said substance or composition.75. A substance or composition for use in a method for inhibiting the development of a cancer in a patient, said substance or composition comprising an antigen- presenting cell that expresses a polypeptide comprising at least an immunogenic portion of a breast tumor protein, or a variant thereof, wherein the tumor protein comprises an amino acid sequence that is encoded by a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of: (a) sequences recited in SEQ ID NOs: 474, 482, 489, and 490-492; (b) sequences that hybridize to a sequence recited in any one of SEQ ID NOs: 474, 482, 489, and 490-492 under moderately stringent conditions; and (c) complements of sequences of (i) or (ii) encoded by a polynucleotide recited in any one of SEQ ID NOs: 474, 482, 489, and 490-492, and said method comprising administering an effective amount of said substance or composition,76. A substance or composition for use in a method of treatment according to claim 75, wherein the antigen-presenting cell is a dendritic cell.77. A substance or composition for use in a method of treatment according to any one of claims 73, 74 and 75, wherein the cancer is breast cancer.78. A substance or composition for use in a method for inhibiting the development of a cancer in a patient, said substance or composition comprising a biological sample treated according to the method of claim 44, and said method comprising administering said substance or composition to the patient. AMENDED SHEETPCT/US01/12164 J79. A substance or composition for use in a method for inhibiting the development of a cancer in a patient, said substance or composition comprising a T cell population according to claim 49, and said method comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of said substance or composition.80. A substance or composition for use in a method for inhibiting the development of a cancer in a patient, said substance or composition comprising proliferated T cells obtained by the steps of: (a) incubating CD4" and/or CD8+ T cells isolated from a patient with at least one component selected from the group consisting of: 0) polypeptides comprising at least an immunogenic portion of a breast tumor protein, or a variant thereof, wherein the tumor protein comprises an amino acid sequence that is encoded by a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of: (1) sequences recited in SEQ ID NOs: 474, 482, 489, and 490- 492; 2) sequences that hybridize to a sequence recited in any one of SEQ ID NOs: 474, 482, 489, and 490-492 under moderately stringent conditions; and 3) complements of sequences of (1) or (2); (ii) polynucleotides encoding a polypeptide of (i); and (ili) antigen presenting cells that expresses a polypeptide of (i); such that said T cells proliferate, and said method comprising administering an effective amount of said substance or composition81. A substance or composition for use in a method for inhibiting the development of a cancer in a patient, said substance or composition comprising cloned T cells obtained by the steps of: (a) incubating CD4" and/or CD8+ T cells isolated from a patient with at least one component selected from the group consisting of: @) polypeptides comprising at least an immunogenic portion of a breast tumor protein, or a variant thereof, wherein the tumor protein comprises an amino acid sequence that is encoded by a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of: : (1) sequence recited in SEQ ID NOs: 474, 482, 489, and 490- 492; 2) sequences that hybridize to a sequence recited in any one of SEQ ID NOs: 474, 482, 489, and 490-492 under moderately stringent conditions; and (3) complements of sequences of (1) or (2); (ii) polynucleotides encoding a polypeptide of (i); and (iii) antigen presenting cells that express a polypeptide of (i); such that T cells proliferate; (b) cloning at least one proliferated cell to provide said cloned T cells, and said method comprising administering an effective amount of said substance or composition.82. A polypeptide according to any one of claims 1 to 3, substantially as herein described and illustrated. AMENDED SHEETPCT/US01/12164 (gi83. A polynucleotide according to any one of claims 4 to 8 or 25 or 28, substantially as herein described and illustrated.84. A vector according to claim 9, substantially as herein described and illustrated.85. A host cell according to claim 10, substantially as herein described and illustrated.86. An antibody according to claim 11, substantially as herein described and illustrated.87. A protein according to any one of claims 12 to 24, 26 or 27, substantially as herein described and illustrated.88. A composition according to any one of claims 29 to 32 or 35 to 40, substantially as herein described and illustrated.89. A method according to claim 44, substantially as herein described and illustrated.90. A method according to claim 47, substantially as herein described and illustrated.91. A T cell population according to claim 48, substantially as herein described and illustrated.92. A method according to claim 52 or claim 60, substantially as herein described and illustrated.93. A method according to claim 56 or claim 63, substantially as herein described and illustrated.94. A kit according to claim 66 or claim 72, substantially as herein described and illustrated.95. An oligonucleotide according to claim 70, substantially as herein described and illustrated.96. Use according to any one of claims 33, 34, 41 to 43, 46, 49 or 50, substantially as herein described and illustrated.97. A substance or composition for use in a method of treatment according to any one of claims 73 to 81, substantially as herein described and illustrated. AMENDED SHEETPCT/US01/12164 L 14498. A new polypeptide; a new polynucleotide; a new vector; a new host cell; a new antibody; a new protein; a new composition; a new method for removing cells from a sample; a new method for stimulating and/or expanding T cells; a new T cell population; a new method for determining the presence or absence of cancer; a new method of monitoring the progression of cancer; a new kit; a new oligonucleotide; a new use of at least one component selected from the group consisting of a polypeptide according to claim 1, a polynucleotide according to claim 4, an antibody according to claim 11, a fusion protein according to claim 12 or claim 16, and a polynucleotide according to claim 28; a new use of an antigen-presenting cell as defined in claim 41; a new use of a biological sample as defined in claim 44; anew use of a T cell population as claimed in claim 48; a new use of proliferated T cells as defined in claim 50; a new use of cloned T cells as defined in claim 51; or a substance or composition for a new use in a method of treatment; substantially as herein described. AMENDED SHEET
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US09/551,621 US6844325B2 (en) | 1998-12-28 | 2000-04-17 | Compositions for the treatment and diagnosis of breast cancer and methods for their use |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
ZA200208365B true ZA200208365B (en) | 2004-01-27 |
Family
ID=32595482
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
ZA200208365A ZA200208365B (en) | 2000-04-17 | 2002-10-16 | Compositions and methods for the therapy and diagnosis of breast cancer. |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
ZA (1) | ZA200208365B (en) |
-
2002
- 2002-10-16 ZA ZA200208365A patent/ZA200208365B/en unknown
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US6630574B1 (en) | Compositions and methods for the therapy and diagnosis of lung cancer | |
JP5053497B2 (en) | Compositions and methods for the treatment and diagnosis of breast cancer | |
EP1248800A2 (en) | Compositions and methods for therapy and diagnosis of breast cancer | |
US6746846B1 (en) | Methods for diagnosing lung cancer | |
US6844325B2 (en) | Compositions for the treatment and diagnosis of breast cancer and methods for their use | |
AU2001273128A1 (en) | Compositions and methods for the diagnosis and treatment of herpes simplex virus infection | |
EP1297147A2 (en) | Compositions and methods for the diagnosis and treatment of herpes simplex virus infection | |
US20020022591A1 (en) | Compositions and methods for the therapy and diagnosis of ovarian cancer | |
WO2000078960A2 (en) | Compositions and methods for the therapy and diagnosis of breast cancer | |
US6432707B1 (en) | Compositions and methods for the therapy and diagnosis of breast cancer | |
US6667154B1 (en) | Compositions and methods for the therapy and diagnosis of lung cancer | |
WO2002083956A1 (en) | Compositions and methods for the therapy and diagnosis of breast cancer | |
WO2001070976A2 (en) | Compositions and methods for the therapy and diagnosis of ovarian and endometrial cancer | |
US20020072503A1 (en) | Compositions and methods for the therapy and diagnosis of ovarian cancer | |
EP1366157A2 (en) | Compositions and methods for the therapy and diagnosis of lung cancer | |
US6686447B1 (en) | Compositions and methods for the therapy and diagnosis of lung cancer | |
US6914132B1 (en) | Compositions and methods for the therapy and diagnosis of lung cancer | |
WO2002012332A2 (en) | Compositions and methods for the therapy and diagnosis of colon cancer | |
WO2000060084A1 (en) | Compositions and methods for the therapy and diagnosis of prostate cancer | |
US20020111308A1 (en) | Compositions and methods for the therapy and diagnosis of pancreatic cancer | |
US20030008299A1 (en) | Compositions and methods for the therapy and diagnosis of ovarian cancer | |
WO2001090154A2 (en) | Compositions and methods for the therapy and diagnosis of ovarian cancer | |
US7202342B1 (en) | Compositions and methods for the therapy and diagnosis of prostate cancer | |
US20020137911A1 (en) | Compositions and methods for the therapy and diagnosis of pancreatic cancer | |
WO2002012329A2 (en) | Compositions and methods for the therapy and diagnosis of head and neck cancer |